WO2023020393A1 - Method for sharing remote controller between devices, and sending end device and receiving end device - Google Patents

Method for sharing remote controller between devices, and sending end device and receiving end device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023020393A1
WO2023020393A1 PCT/CN2022/112164 CN2022112164W WO2023020393A1 WO 2023020393 A1 WO2023020393 A1 WO 2023020393A1 CN 2022112164 W CN2022112164 W CN 2022112164W WO 2023020393 A1 WO2023020393 A1 WO 2023020393A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control
target
remote control
user
interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/112164
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈鹏辉
卞超
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023020393A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023020393A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08CTRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR MEASURED VALUES, CONTROL OR SIMILAR SIGNALS
    • G08C23/00Non-electrical signal transmission systems, e.g. optical systems
    • G08C23/04Non-electrical signal transmission systems, e.g. optical systems using light waves, e.g. infrared
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/72415User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories for remote control of appliances
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular to a method for sharing a remote controller between devices, a sending device and a receiving device.
  • devices in a home scene may include traditional household appliances such as refrigerators, ovens, and air conditioners, as well as electronic devices such as mobile phones, smart screens, set-top boxes, tablets, laptops, smart speakers, and routers.
  • traditional household appliances such as refrigerators, ovens, and air conditioners
  • electronic devices such as mobile phones, smart screens, set-top boxes, tablets, laptops, smart speakers, and routers.
  • users can control the working status and working mode of the equipment through a physical remote control (such as an infrared remote control, etc.), and adjust parameters during the working process.
  • a physical remote control such as an infrared remote control, etc.
  • each family device may only be equipped with one physical remote control when it leaves the factory.
  • one physical remote control may not be able to meet the needs of all family members.
  • one TV remote control cannot meet the usage needs of multiple people.
  • the TV remote control may be lost, and the TV remote control cannot be found at critical times; or, the use of multiple people may reduce the service life of the TV remote control and affect the User experience.
  • This application provides a method for sharing a remote control between devices, a sending end device and a receiving end device.
  • the method can get rid of the dependence on the physical remote control and can support multiple users to control the same time.
  • One device can meet the control needs of multiple users on the device; in addition, it can also limit the control authority of different people to the device, avoiding the security risks caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
  • the first aspect provides a method for sharing a remote controller between devices, which is characterized in that it is applied to a sending device including a display screen, and a first application is installed on the sending device, and the method includes: displaying the The main interface of the first application, the main interface of the first application includes one or more icons of remote controllers; on the main interface of the first application, detect the first operation of the user, and respond to the first Operation, display the detailed interface of the target remote controller, the target remote controller is any one of the one or more remote controllers, the target remote controller can control the working state of the target device, the detailed interface of the target remote controller Including one or more controls; from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control, determine the target control to be shared; obtain the information of the target control to be shared; according to the target control information, generate the target remote control file to be shared; display the sharing interface of the target remote control file, and include one or more sharing methods on the sharing interface of the target remote control file; On the sharing interface, detect the second operation of the
  • sending device and “receiving device” in this application are two different electronic devices.
  • the "sending device” and “receiving device” in this application may be the same type of device, for example, both “sending device” and “receiving device” are mobile phones; or, “sending device” and " The receiving end device” may be different types of devices, for example, the “sending end device” is a mobile phone, and the “receiving end device” may be a tablet computer, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • both “transmitter device” and “receiver device” meet the requirements of: having an infrared module, such as an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver, that can send or receive infrared signals; and “transmitter device” and The “receiving device” is installed with the same type of smart remote control application.
  • the target device may be a smart screen, an air conditioner, a set-top box in a home scene, and any type of device such as a user's camera, network box, DVD, or projector.
  • the first application may be an intelligent remote control application, or any remote control application developed by any company that can realize the remote control function of the home device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information of the remote control of the device that has been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device can be shared with the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly, the receiving device According to the received information of the device remote control, the detailed interface of the target remote control can be displayed, and the device remote control can be automatically added to the smart remote control application.
  • this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
  • the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices.
  • the control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
  • the smart remote control application can preset different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls, and match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls for different devices, and users can use different methods in the smart remote control application.
  • Add remotes for different devices Exemplarily, the user can add one or more remote controllers of different devices (which may be called "virtual remote controllers") in the smart remote control application, and the added one or more remote controllers can be displayed on the main interface of the smart remote control application An icon of a remote controller, wherein each of the one or more remote controllers can control the working status of different corresponding devices, and each remote controller may have the function of a physical remote controller of a corresponding device.
  • the device type can be manually selected, for example, the user selects a TV, and selects a brand, etc.
  • the smart remote control application can match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls according to the device type.
  • the head user selects the current target device as a TV, and when pairing with the TV, can send an infrared signal to the TV, and can also receive a response signal returned by the TV to the mobile phone.
  • the response signal can carry The device information of the TV, such as A brand, S model, etc.
  • the smart remote control application can match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the device information of the TV.
  • the head user can also customize the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current target device according to his own needs, that is, add one or more controls by customizing.
  • the "key information" of each key on the physical remote controller of the target device may include key value information, key function information, etc. of each key.
  • the user adds the target remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the sending device, and after the controls are learned, when the user clicks any control of the target remote control, the physical remote control corresponding to the control can be pressed.
  • the keys of the device generate the same pulse signal, or generate the same operation command, so as to achieve the same function.
  • the virtual remote controller of the target device in the smart remote control application can have the same functions as the physical remote controller, and the user can control the target device through the virtual remote controller in the smart remote control application.
  • the virtual remote controller of any device that has been added in the smart remote control application can be used as the "target remote controller" to be shared introduced in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the "process of sharing the target remote control" in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as: the user uses the remote control of the target device that has been added to the electronic device such as his mobile phone as the "target remote control" to be shared, and shares it with other family members or The visitor's electronic device, so that other family members or visitors can control the target device through their own electronic device.
  • the target control is part or all of the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control.
  • the method provided in this application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the target remote control on the sending end device during the process of sharing the target remote control.
  • the user can share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote control of the device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some controls of the remote control of the device are added.
  • the user can only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiving terminal device.
  • This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
  • the target control is a preset fixed control among the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control.
  • the target control to be shared corresponding to the remote control of each type of device may be all controls included in the details interface of the target remote control of the target device Some fixed controls by default. For example, if the user triggers to share the target remote control, all controls included in the details interface of the target remote control can be displayed as selected by default, that is, all controls can be used as target controls.
  • the user does not need to perform additional operations to select the "target control" to be shared, and the smart remote control application can generate the remote control file to be shared in advance according to some preset fixed controls, which is easy to operate and can save the sharing process time-consuming.
  • the target control is a control manually selected by the user
  • the one or more Among the controls determining the target controls to be shared includes: on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting the operation of selecting some or all controls by the user, and determining all the controls selected by the user as the ones to be shared in response to the operation The target control.
  • the user can manually select all or some of the operable controls included in the details interface of the target remote control as the to-be-shared The "Target Control" for the .
  • the user can only share some controls included in the target virtual remote control with the receiving end device, which is convenient for other family members Or visitors can control the target device through some shared controls.
  • the first operation includes multiple consecutive operations performed by the user, and on the main interface of the first application, detecting the user's
  • the first operation in response to the first operation, displaying the details interface of the target remote control, includes: on the main interface of the first application, detecting a user’s long press operation on the icon of the target remote control, and responding
  • the long press operation displays one or more operation options for the target remote control, and the one or more operation options include a sharing option; when a click operation of the user on the sharing option is detected, Displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller, and displaying a unique corresponding selection box for each of the one or more controls on the detailed interface of the target remote controller.
  • the selection box corresponding to each control can be located in the lower right corner, lower left corner, upper right corner, upper left corner of the control icon, or located directly below the control icon, or located in the geometric center of the display area of the control icon and covering
  • the control is located at the previous display layer of the control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes : On the detailed interface of the target remote controller, detect the operation of the user clicking the selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls, and determine the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user The target control; or, when the details interface of the target remote control further includes a confirmation control, on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting that the user clicks on some or all of the one or more controls Select the selection box of each control and continue to click the confirmation control. In response to the user's operation of clicking the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
  • the user can select the target virtual remote control to be shared from the virtual remote controls of one or more devices that have been added on the main interface of the smart remote control application, and press and hold the target virtual remote control.
  • the icon of the remote control which triggers the sharing process of the device's virtual remote control.
  • the user can also press and hold any control on the details interface of the target remote control to trigger the sharing process of the target remote control, and then select some controls or all controls on the interface As the target control to be shared.
  • the first operation is a user's click operation on an icon of the target remote control.
  • the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes : On the details interface of the target remote controller, detecting a user’s long press operation on any one of the one or more controls, in response to the long press operation, on the details interface of the target remote controller, Displaying a unique corresponding selection box for each of the one or more controls; detecting the operation of the user clicking the selection box of each of some or all of the one or more controls, and responding to the operation , determining the target control with the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user; or, when the details interface of the target remote control also includes the confirmation control, detecting the part where the user clicks and selects the one or more controls Or the selection box of each control in all controls and continue to click the confirmation control operation, in response to the user's operation of clicking the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
  • the user can only share some of the controls included in the virtual remote control of the device to the receiving device, which is convenient for other family members or visitors
  • the device can be controlled through some shared controls.
  • this implementation method only opens part of the control authority (operation authority) of the device to other family members or visitors, which can limit the control authority of other family members or visitors to the device, and prevent too many people from having access to a certain device safety hazards caused by rights.
  • the sending end device stores a control data set corresponding to the target remote control, and the control data set includes the control data set of the target remote control
  • the information of each of the one or more controls on the details interface, the acquisition of the information of the target control to be shared includes: searching for and obtaining the target control from the control data set according to the target control to be shared
  • the information of the target control, the information of the target control includes one or more information in the remote control identification ID, control identification ID, control symbol, control code value, and control protocol of each control as the target control.
  • each control among all the controls of the remote control of the target device can learn the corresponding key of the physical remote control, and determine the control code value of the control according to the key value of the corresponding key.
  • the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to establish and save the " Control Data Collection".
  • control data set corresponding to the target remote control may include information about each control in all controls of the target remote control, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, Some or all of the information in the control protocol and other information.
  • the smart remote control application may include remote controls of one or more devices, and each remote control of a device may correspond to a "control data set"; or, since each device has a different virtual remote control ID and each control The value of the control code is different, and it can also be understood as a "control data set" corresponding to the remote controllers of all devices in the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • control data set can include the information of each control in all the controls of the remote control of the device, and will not be described in detail later.
  • the detailed interface of the target remote controller may further include a timing control, the timing control displays an effective duration, and the effective duration is used to indicate the available duration of the target control to be shared on the receiving end device,
  • the method further includes: acquiring the information of the effective duration displayed in the timing control; and generating the target remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control, including: according to the information of the target control information and the information of the effective duration to generate a target remote control file to be shared, wherein the effective duration is a preset duration, or the duration set by the user in the timing control.
  • the user when selecting the target control of the target remote control to be shared, the user can manually set the effective duration of the target remote control (or "target control") to be shared on the receiving device.
  • the initial value displayed by the "timing control” can be 00:00:00, and the user can manually modify it to the desired effective duration, for example, the user modifies the "timing control” to display 02:00:00.
  • the user may not modify it, and keep the "timing control" always displaying the initial value of 00:00:00, which can be understood as: there is no limit to the effective duration of the target remote control to be shared on the receiving end device.
  • the initial value displayed by the "timing control” may correspond to a preset fixed duration, for example, the default initial value displayed by the "timing control” is 01:00:00, which is the target to be shared
  • the effective time for the remote control to be available on the receiving device is 1 hour. The user can manually modify the effective duration displayed by the "timing control", and modify the preset fixed duration to a duration that meets the current usage needs, which will not be described here.
  • the target remote control (or “target control”) shared by the user from the sending device to the receiving device may correspond to a preset effective range.
  • the “preset effective range” may depend on the corresponding maximum transmission distance when infrared signals are transmitted between devices. Exemplarily, if the infrared signal is transmitted between devices, and the maximum transmission distance from the infrared transmitter to the infrared receiver is 10 meters, then the effective range corresponding to the target remote controller to be shared generated on the mobile phone is:
  • the target device is the center, and the range is less than or equal to 10 meters, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the target sharing methods include Huawei sharing methods, WLAN direct channel sharing methods, Bluetooth sharing methods, mobile data sharing methods or multiple social Any of the software sharing methods.
  • the social software sharing method may include various possible social software paths such as Weibo, WeChat, SMS, message, email, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the method of sending "the file of the target remote control".
  • the target remote control file to be shared may further carry the identifier of the first application.
  • the "target remote control file” may carry the application identification of the smart remote control application of the receiving device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq.
  • the "target remote control file” can be automatically named "XX air conditioner.ykq".
  • the receiving end device can trigger the running of the smart remote control application at the end according to the file extension, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second aspect provides a method for sharing a remote control between devices, which is characterized in that it is applied to a receiving device including a display screen, and the first application is installed on the receiving device, and the method includes: when detecting When the target remote control file is sent by the sending end device, a prompt window is displayed on the display screen, and the prompt window is used to prompt the user to choose whether to receive the target remote control file; in the prompt window, when the user is detected When the operation of receiving the target remote control file is allowed, receive the target remote control file; call the first application according to the received target remote control file, and let the first application analyze the target remote control file, and obtain the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, wherein the target control can be used to control the working state of the target device, the target control includes one or more controls, and the target control The information includes the information of each control in the one or more controls, and the information of each control corresponds to the key information of the preset key on the physical remote control of the target device; according to the information of the target control,
  • the information of the target remote control that has been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device can be shared with the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly, the guest user only needs to It is necessary to perform the operation of allowing the receiving of the target remote control file sent by the sending device, so that the target remote control of the target device can be automatically added in the smart remote control application of one's own mobile phone (receiving device), and the automatically added target
  • the target remote control of the device can support the guest user to control the target device on the receiving device.
  • this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
  • the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices.
  • the control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
  • the receiving end device when the receiving end device receives the "target remote control file", it can trigger the running of the smart remote control application according to the file type of the target remote control file or the application package name corresponding to the file, and the smart remote control application can obtain all Describe the content included in the target remote control file.
  • the content included in the "target remote control file” has many possible situations.
  • the receiver device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote controller of the target device may present on the display screen of the receiver device according to different contents contained in the "target remote controller file”.
  • the smart remote control application may display the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the target device on the display screen of the receiving end device according to the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, only Include the target control, that is, one or more controls manually selected by the user.
  • the "target remote controller file” may also include operating parameter information of the target device.
  • the smart remote control application can use the current operating parameter information of the target equipment included in the target remote control file, such as the wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24 °C) and other information. Therefore, parameters related to the current operation of the air conditioner, such as wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode, and target temperature (24°C), can also be displayed for the user on the display screen of the receiving end device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the method further includes: on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting the user's click operation on the first control, the first control being the Any one of the one or more controls included in the target control; in response to the click operation, obtain the control code value of the first control; according to the control code value of the first control, generate A pulse signal of an operation command; sending the pulse signal to the target device to control the working state of the target device.
  • the intelligent remote control application of the receiving end device may call the infrared module of the receiving end device, and the infrared emitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal including the first operation instruction to the target device through infrared rays.
  • the receiver device when it detects a click operation on the first control by other users, it may determine the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event.
  • the smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then can automatically search for the control information in the target remote control file, obtain the control code value of the first control, and then obtain the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control.
  • a pulse signal including corresponding binary coded information that is, the first operation instruction
  • the receiving end The device can generate and store the "control data set" corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control. Therefore, the above-mentioned process of "automatic search” and “acquisition of the control code value of the first control” by the receiving end device can be based on the "control data set” corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself to perform automatic search, and obtain the code value of the first control. Control code value.
  • the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; and further according to The virtual remote control ID and control ID, in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself, find and determine the control code value of the control; then further generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass it through the remote control of the receiving end device The infrared emitter sends this pulse signal to the target device.
  • the “information of the target control” includes partial information of each control as the target control
  • the "information of the target control” only includes the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to each control
  • the receiving device receives the "target remote control file”
  • it can determine the virtual remote control ID and ID corresponding to each control of the target control in the remote control of the target device added on the receiving device according to the information of the target control.
  • Control ID The receiving end device determines the virtual remote control ID and control ID of a control clicked by the user, and may return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching” and "obtaining the control code value of the first control" of the receiving device may be: requesting the sending device to obtain the control code value of the first control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further , the receiving end device can automatically return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device according to the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control, and the sending end device will store the control corresponding to the remote control of the target device In the data set, search and determine the control code value of the control; the sending device returns the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass the receiving device's The infrared emitter sends this pulse signal to the target device.
  • the obtaining the control code value of the first control in response to the click operation includes: obtaining the control code value of the first control in response to the click operation The first control ID; acquiring the control code value of the first control according to the first control ID and the information of the target control included in the target remote control file.
  • the sending end device detects a click operation of the first control by the head user, and determines the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event.
  • the smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then search the stored control data set to obtain the control code value of the first control corresponding to the first control ID.
  • the target remote controller in the smart remote control application of the receiving end device may send an operation instruction to the target device through an infrared signal (pulse signal), and the infrared signal (pulse signal) may include a string of binary coded information, for example, at least Including 8-bit address code (user code) and 8-bit command code (control code value), the binary coded information is the operation instruction for controlling the target device. Therefore, the smart remote control application can generate an infrared signal (pulse signal) including a series of binary coded information (operation instructions) after obtaining the "control code value" of a certain control in the target remote control.
  • the method further includes: according to the received target remote control file, on the main interface of the first application, adding the The icon of the target remote controller and the name of the target remote controller; detecting a click operation of the user on the icon of the target remote controller or the name of the target remote controller, and displaying the name of the target remote controller in response to the click operation Details interface; or, according to the received file of the target remote control, on the main interface of the first application, add the icon of the target remote control; detect the user's click operation on the icon of the target remote control, and respond In the click operation, display the detailed interface of the target remote control; or, according to the received file of the target remote control, add the name of the target remote control on the main interface of the first application; detect the user In response to a click operation on the name of the target remote controller, a detailed interface of the target remote controller is displayed.
  • the information of each control in the one or more controls includes remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value or One or more types of information in the control protocol.
  • the target remote control file further includes information of a valid duration, and the valid duration is used to indicate that the target control is on the receiving end device
  • the method further includes: obtaining the information of the effective duration; taking the time when the receiving end device receives the target remote control file as the starting time, determining the termination time according to the effective duration; At any time within the period determined from the start time to the end time, the user can control the working state of the target device through the target control; at any time after the end time, the target control is in an invalid state , or at the termination moment, automatically delete the icon of the target remote control and/or the name of the target remote control added on the main interface of the first application.
  • the "target remote control file” may further include information about the valid duration and/or valid range set by the user.
  • the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields.
  • the icon and name of the target remote control may appear in a gray and unavailable state, for example, the user cannot click or does not respond to the user click action.
  • the icon and name of the target remote control are automatically deleted from the main interface of the smart remote control application, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the target remote control file may also carry the identifier of the first application, and according to the received target remote control file, call The first application includes: determining to call the first application according to the identifier of the first application carried in the target remote control file, and sending the target remote control file to the first application.
  • the method for sharing the remote control between devices can share the information of the remote control of the device added in the smart remote control application of the sending device to the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly , the receiving end device can automatically add the remote control of the device in the smart remote control application according to the received information of the remote control of the device.
  • this method can use the remote control of the device that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices, respectively
  • the electronic devices sent to different users get rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and provide convenience for multiple users to control the same device;
  • the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device and learning the controls optimizes the process of different users using electronic devices such as mobile phones to control the device, meets the control needs of multiple users for the device, and improves the user experience.
  • the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device.
  • the user may share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some of the controls of the remote control of the device are added.
  • the user may only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiver device.
  • This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
  • the user when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, the user can also set the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device.
  • the available time of the device remote control or target control shared to the receiving device.
  • the third aspect provides an electronic device, which may be a sending end device, and the electronic device includes: a touch screen; an infrared module, the infrared module includes an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver; one or more processors; a or a plurality of memories; a module with a plurality of application programs installed; the memory stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs include instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the electronic device, the The electronic device executes the method described in any one of the first aspect and the first aspect that can be executed by the sending end device.
  • the fourth aspect provides an electronic device, which may be a receiving end device, and the electronic device includes: a touch screen; an infrared module, the infrared module includes an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver; one or more processors; a or a plurality of memories; a module with a plurality of application programs installed; the memory stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs include instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the electronic device, the The electronic device executes the method that can be executed by the receiving end device according to any one of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • a fifth aspect provides a system, the system includes a sending end device and a receiving end device capable of communicating with each other, and the sending end device is capable of executing the method described in any one of the first aspect and the implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the receiver device can execute the method according to any one of the second aspect and the implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the system may also include a target device, which may receive an infrared signal (pulse signal) including an operation instruction sent by a "target remote controller" on the sending end device or the receiving end device, and (pulse signal) includes operating instructions to respond.
  • a target device which may receive an infrared signal (pulse signal) including an operation instruction sent by a "target remote controller" on the sending end device or the receiving end device, and (pulse signal) includes operating instructions to respond.
  • the sixth aspect provides a graphical user interface system on an electronic device, the electronic device has a touch screen, one or more memories, and one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to execute the One or more computer programs in the one or more memories, the graphical user interface system includes when the electronic device executes the method according to any one of the first aspect and the first aspect, the sending end device displays GUI.
  • the seventh aspect provides a graphical user interface system on an electronic device, the electronic device has a touch screen, one or more memories, and one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to execute the One or more computer programs in the one or more memories, the graphical user interface system includes when the electronic device executes the method according to any one of the second aspect and the second aspect, the display on the receiving end device GUI.
  • An eighth aspect provides an apparatus, which is included in an electronic device, and the electronic device may be a sending end device or a receiving end device.
  • the apparatus When the electronic device is a sender device, the apparatus has a function of implementing the behavior of the sender device in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the apparatus when the electronic device is a receiving end device, the apparatus has a function of implementing the behavior of the receiving end device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above.
  • the functions of the device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • Hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions described above. For example, a display module or unit, a detection module or unit, a processing module or unit, etc.
  • a ninth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible method for sharing a remote controller between devices, or causing the electronic device to execute any possible method for sharing a remote controller between devices as in the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • the tenth aspect provides a computer program product, when the computer program product is run on the electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the first aspect or any one of the possible methods for sharing the remote control between devices in the first aspect, or The electronic device is made to execute any one of the possible methods for sharing the remote controller between devices as in the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a family scene listed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding a TV remote control to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a control learning process of a TV remote controller of an intelligent remote control application of a mobile phone.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding an air conditioner remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of the process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of receiving a remote control shared by a mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sharing a remote controller between devices provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a family scene listed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • various home devices such as a smart screen 10 , an air conditioner 20 , and a set-top box 30 may be included.
  • a smart screen 10 During daily use of smart screen 10 , air conditioner 20 , set-top box 30 and other home devices, users can control or change the working status and mode of the device through the physical remote control, and adjust the parameters in the working process of the device.
  • a physical remote control such as an infrared remote control 40, through which the user can control the smart screen 10 to be turned on or off, switch broadcast channels, adjust the volume, The setting or modification of the display parameters of the display screen, etc.
  • any home device such as smart screen 10 may be equipped with only one infrared remote control 40 when leaving the factory.
  • different people may use the infrared remote control 40 of 40 is placed in different places, which may lead to the loss of infrared remote controller 40.
  • the infrared remote controller 40 may not be found, which affects the user experience.
  • the home owner when there is a visitor at home, if the guest expects to switch the broadcasting channel of the smart screen 10, or to adjust the temperature parameter of the air conditioner 20 in the cooling mode, the home owner (household user) needs to find the smart screen 10 first.
  • the condition of the remote control of the device affects the user experience.
  • the devices equipped with physical remote controllers infrared remote controllers in the home scene all have infrared transmitters and infrared receivers, which can receive control commands sent by infrared remote controllers and can analyze the control instructions. command and respond to it.
  • the electronic device also has an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver, which can send or receive infrared signals.
  • the infrared transmitter may be an infrared light emitting diode
  • the infrared receiver may be an infrared integrated joint, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device also needs to be installed with a smart remote control application.
  • the smart remote control application can be a smart remote control application developed by Huawei, or any application developed by a third-party company that can realize the remote control function of home devices. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of the present application refers to the remote control added in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 as a "virtual remote control", such as a virtual remote control of a TV , virtual remote control of air conditioner, etc.
  • the operation keys on the “physical remote control (infrared remote control)" of the TV or air conditioner are called “keys”, such as number key 1, power key, return key, etc.
  • the operation keys displayed on the mobile phone interface in the "virtual remote control” added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone are called “controls”, such as power control, return control, etc., and will not be described in detail later.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding a TV remote control to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • FIG. 2 shows an interface 201 displayed by the mobile phone in an unlocked mode, and the interface 201 displays a weather clock component and various application programs (application, App) and the like.
  • the application program can include camera, smart life, settings, smart remote control and so on.
  • the interface 201 may also include other more application programs, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart remote control application main interface 202 includes a bottom menu area, and the bottom menu area includes a "smart remote control" menu and a "TV program” menu, wherein the interface 202 is an interface corresponding to the "smart remote control" menu, and the "TV program” menu can be used to For users to query the real-time program arrangement of some TV channels.
  • the interface 202 also displays the prompt information of adding a remote controller control 202-1 and "adding a remote controller": after adding, the device can be controlled by the mobile phone.
  • the user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 2, clicks to add the remote control control 202-1, and in response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 203 as shown in (c) in Figure 2, the A variety of different types of equipment are displayed on the interface 203, such as televisions, air conditioners, set-top boxes, cameras, network boxes, digital video discs (digital video disc, DVD), projectors, etc., and each type of equipment can correspond to different types and For/or virtual remote controllers of different styles, the user can select any type of device on the interface 203 according to current actual needs, that is, the type and style of the virtual remote controller is selected.
  • the interface 203 may also include a custom control 203-1. If the interface 203 does not include the device type that the user expects to add, the user can add the required virtual remote control through the custom control 203-1, and define the number and functions of the virtual remote control keys, etc., the embodiment of the present application The process of customizing and adding a virtual remote control will not be repeated.
  • the brand selection interface 204 shown in the figure provides a variety of different TV brands for the user, and the user can slide the interface 204 to view more TV brands.
  • a search box is also displayed on the interface 204, and the user can input a matching TV brand name in the search box to quickly find the target TV brand.
  • TVs may correspond to virtual remote controllers of different types and/or different styles, or may correspond to virtual remote controllers of the same type and/or same style, and the user may match the virtual remote controller more quickly by selecting a TV brand type and/or style of .
  • the interface 205 shown in the figure.
  • the interface 205 can be understood as the pairing interface of the virtual remote control of TV A.
  • the interface 205 displays the power control 205-1 and prompt information for user operations, for example: 1. Please point the mobile phone at the electrical appliance and click the button to send infrared Signal; 2. Select Yes/No according to the electrical response result.
  • the user can point the mobile phone at the TV A to be paired, and then perform operation 1 as shown in (e) in FIG. 2, and click the power control 205-1.
  • the mobile phone sends an infrared signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter, and determines whether TV A responds, for example, TV A switches from off state to on state, or switches from on state to off state, or emits a "beep" prompt sound, etc. reaction.
  • TV A reacts
  • the user can continue to perform operation 2 and click the control corresponding to "Yes”.
  • the mobile phone displays an interface 206 as shown in (f) in FIG. 2 .
  • the mobile phone can automatically pop up a window 206-1 on the interface 206.
  • This window 206-1 is used for the user to choose whether to save the remote control of TV A, and displays a prompt message to remind the user: If there are other button needs, please learn Keys and extended functions added.
  • TV A when TV A can receive the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone and has a response, it can return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry the equipment information of TV A, so that the mobile phone can accurately obtain the equipment of TV A according to the response signal information, and then accurately match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current TV A.
  • the device information of TV A may include one or more information such as the device identification of TV A, software system information, resolution, memory, rendering model, processor processing speed, sensor, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. .
  • the user can learn the controls and expand the control functions of the virtual remote control of TV A according to the prompt information in window 206-1.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a control learning process of a TV remote controller of an intelligent remote control application of a mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone can display an interface 301 as shown in Figure 3 (a).
  • Interface 301 shows the style and control layout of the virtual remote control that matches the current TV A.
  • the displayed virtual remote control controls of TV A may include: a signal input control 11, a power control 12, a mute control 13, a volume control 14, a channel control 15, 10 digital controls, and a collection control , return control, etc.
  • an editing control 17 is also displayed on the interface 301, and the editing control 17 is used to trigger the control of the virtual remote control of TV A in the interface 301 to enter the learning state.
  • the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" is taken as an example below to introduce the process of the control 16 learning the function of the key 3 of the physical remote control.
  • the user first performs operation 1, clicks the "edit” control 17 on the interface 301, and in response to the user's operation, all controls of the virtual remote control of TV A in the interface 301 can be Enter the learning state.
  • the user performs operation 2 again, and clicks the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" on the interface 301.
  • the mobile phone displays an interface 302 as shown in (b) in FIG. 3, and only A is displayed on the interface 302.
  • the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" of the virtual remote controller of the TV, and the window 302-1 is automatically displayed, and the prompt information for performing the button learning operation is displayed in the window 302-1, for example: 1.
  • the remote controller is aligned with the infrared receiver of the mobile phone , keep a distance of 5 cm; 2. To start learning, press and hold the button to be learned for 2 seconds, and keep the phone and remote control still.
  • the user can click on the control corresponding to "Got it" on the interface 302, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays the number "3" as shown in (c) in Figure 3 Corresponding to the learning interface 303 of the control 16 .
  • the user can operate according to the prompt information in window 302-1, aim the physical remote control of TV A at the infrared receiver of the mobile phone, and keep a distance of 5 cm, and then execute the procedure shown in (c) in Figure 3 Operation 1, click the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" in the interface 303, and in response to the user's operation, the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone sends an infrared signal to the physical remote control of TV A; then according to the prompt information on the interface 303, click Press key 3 on the physical remote control and hold it for more than 2 seconds.
  • the physical remote control can return an infrared signal to the mobile phone.
  • the infrared signal returned by the physical remote control to the mobile phone may include information corresponding to the "key 3" currently being learned, such as key value information and key function information of "key 3".
  • Table 1 lists key values corresponding to some keys of the physical remote controller, and content of key functions and other information.
  • the function can be described as: the focus of the graphical operation interface is moved up, and the live broadcast channel is added by 1.
  • the physical remote control can send an infrared signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter.
  • the infrared signal includes the pulse signal corresponding to the button CH+. After TV A obtains the pulse signal, it can analyze and obtain The operation instruction corresponding to the pulse signal is then responded according to the operation instruction.
  • the infrared signal between the physical remote controller and the TV A may be transmitted based on the infrared remote control NEC protocol.
  • the physical remote control can determine the pulse signal corresponding to the key, and transmit a series of binary coded information to TV A through the pulse signal.
  • the physical remote controller determines that the binary coded information included in the pulse signal corresponding to the button CH+ is: 00000000 11111111 11100010 00011101. Among them, the first byte "00000000” and the second byte “11111111” form the user code, and the value of the user code is: 0x00FF.
  • the third byte "11100010” is converted from binary to the corresponding decimal system, which is 226, and the fourth byte "00011101" and the third byte are inverse codes of each other.
  • the physical remote control uses the value of the third byte in the binary coded information to define the functions of different keys.
  • the key value of the "Back” button is 1.
  • the physical remote control determines that the pulse signal corresponding to the "Back” button includes binary coded information: 00000000 11111111 00000001 11111110.
  • TV A receives the pulse signal, it determines the key value 1 according to the binary coding information contained in the pulse signal, and determines the key function of the "return” button according to the key value 1, and makes a response. It should be understood that in different scenarios, the "return” button may correspond to different functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not repeat the key values and function information corresponding to other keys of the physical remote control one by one. What needs to be explained here is that each key and key value of the physical remote control has and only has a unique correspondence.
  • the interface 303 of the mobile phone may display a prompt message "receiving remote control signal" .
  • the prompt information can disappear automatically, and a "cancel” control and a “save” control are displayed on the interface 303, and the user performs operation 2 shown in (c) figure in Figure 3, and clicks "save".
  • " control in response to the user's saving operation, the mobile phone can jump to display the details interface 304 of the virtual remote control of TV A as shown in (d) in Figure 3 .
  • control learning process of the virtual remote control can be understood as: a certain control of the virtual remote obtains the key value information of a corresponding button on the physical remote control, and determines the control code value of the control according to the key value .
  • the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to create and save the control data set corresponding to all the controls of the virtual remote control , the control code value of each control in the control data collection is fixed.
  • control data set may include the information of each control in all the controls of the virtual remote control, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information of each control. or all information.
  • the smart remote control application may include virtual remote controls of one or more devices, and each virtual remote control of a device may correspond to a "control data set"; or, since each device has a different virtual remote control ID and each The control code value of a control is different, which can also be understood as a "control data set" corresponding to the virtual remote controllers of all devices in the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • each device's virtual remote control can correspond to a "control data set" as an example, and a "control data set” can include each of all controls of the device's virtual remote control The information of the control will not be described in detail later.
  • the detailed interface 304 of the virtual remote controller of TV A includes various controls, and the controls on the interface 304 can be obtained as shown in the following table 2 after learning.
  • Table 2 lists the information of some controls in the control data set of the virtual remote control of TV A, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol, etc. corresponding to each control. information.
  • the "virtual remote controller ID” is used to identify the unique identifier (identity, ID) of the virtual remote controllers of multiple devices added in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • ID unique identifier
  • the virtual remote control of A TV, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner, the virtual remote control of C set-top box, etc. may be added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • the virtual remote control of each device corresponds to a different ID.
  • the "virtual remote control ID" of the control is 01, indicating that the control is a control in "A TV's virtual remote control”; the "virtual remote control ID” corresponding to a control is 02, indicating that the control is "B air conditioner's virtual remote Controls in the Tool.
  • control ID is used to identify which one (control position, coordinates, etc.) the control is included in the virtual remote control of TV A shown in interface 304, and each control has a unique control ID.
  • control symbol is a symbol displayed on each control in the virtual remote control of TV A shown in the interface 304, such as numbers 1, 2, 3 and so on.
  • Control code value is used to generate operation instructions, each control corresponds to a unique control code value, and the control code value of each control has a unique correspondence with the key value of the same button on the physical remote control.
  • the "control protocol” is a communication protocol for signals between the user's virtual remote control of TV A on the mobile phone and TV A.
  • the infrared signal (pulse signal) between A TV’s virtual remote control and A TV can include a series of binary coded information, for example, at least including 8-bit address code (user code) and 8-bit command code (control code value).
  • 8-bit address code user code
  • 8-bit command code control code value
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can establish the corresponding relationship between the button 3 of the physical remote control and the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" of the virtual remote control .
  • the key 3 (key value 7) of the "physical remote control" in Table 1 is associated with the number 3 control in the "virtual remote control” in Table 2 (the virtual remote control ID is 01, the control ID is 006, and the control code value is 00000111), that is The control 16 of the virtual remote controller has the same function as the button 3 of the physical remote controller.
  • the mobile phone can obtain the control ID of the control 16 as 006 and the control code value of 00000111, Generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and send the pulse signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone.
  • the pulse signal can be: 00000000 11111111 00000111 11111000.
  • TV A can analyze and obtain the pulse signal, and determine the operation instruction contained in the pulse signal.
  • the operation instruction can realize the function corresponding to button 3 (key value 7) of the "physical remote control", and then TV A can follow the operation command to respond.
  • the user can continue to complete the learning of other controls in the virtual remote control of TV A according to the learning process of the control 16 corresponding to the above-mentioned number "3", so that the virtual remote control of TV A shown in (d) in Figure 3
  • All the controls included in the details interface 304 of the controller and the buttons of the physical remote control establish a one-to-one correspondence; or, users can also learn only some of the controls that are used frequently according to their own needs. For simplicity, this application implements Examples will not be repeated one by one.
  • the virtual remote control of TV A is added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and after control learning, the virtual remote control of TV A can have the function of a physical remote control, and the user can use the virtual remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone controller to control TV A.
  • This interface 305 is the main interface of the smart remote control application, and compared with the interface 202 shown in (b) figure in FIG. name, click the icon 305-1 of the TV A or the display area of the name "TV A”, and you can enter the interface 304 of "Virtual Remote Controller of TV A", and use the controls on the interface 304 to control TV A, here No longer.
  • the user does not involve too many operations when using some household equipment such as the air conditioner 20 and the set-top box 30 .
  • some household equipment such as the air conditioner 20 and the set-top box 30 .
  • the user may only need to adjust the air conditioner on or off, the wind direction and speed, and the temperature. Therefore, compared with the physical remote control of the TV, the number of buttons and functions of the physical remote control of the air conditioner 20 are relatively simple. Therefore, for home devices such as the air conditioner 20 and the set-top box 30 , the smart remote control application can provide users with another more convenient way to add a virtual remote control.
  • the virtual remote control of the home device may be a preset remote control in the smart remote control application, and the preset remote control matches the brand and/or model of the home device , and the preset remote control includes a preset number and functions of controls, control layout and style, and the like.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding an air conditioner remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
  • the smart remote control application can determine the virtual remote control matching the current air conditioner from a variety of preset remote control types according to the brand and model of the air conditioner .
  • the figure (a) in FIG. 4 shows the main interface 401 of the smart remote control application, and the main interface 401 includes the virtual remote control of TV A that has been added above.
  • the mobile phone displays an interface 402 including multiple different types of devices as shown in (b) of FIG. 4 .
  • the mobile phone displays the air conditioner of B as shown in (d) in Figure 4
  • the pairing interface 404 of the virtual remote controller displays a power control 404-1 and prompt information for user operations.
  • the display content of the interface for starting pairing between the mobile phone and the home device may be the same.
  • the display content of the interface 205 where the virtual remote controller of TV A starts pairing shown in (e) in FIG. can be the same, and both include power control and user operation prompt information. Please refer to the relevant introduction in (e) in FIG. 2 above, and will not repeat them here.
  • the user performs operation 1 as shown in (d) in FIG. 4, clicks the power control 404-1 on the interface 404, triggers the mobile phone to send an infrared signal to the B air conditioner for the first time, and the user determines whether the B air conditioner responds, for example, B
  • the air conditioner can have any reaction such as switching from the off state to the on state, or from the on state to the off state, or making a "beep" prompt sound.
  • the user can continue to perform operation 2 as shown in (d) in Figure 4, click the "Yes" control, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays (e) in Figure 4 As shown in the interface 405, the mode control 405-1 of the air conditioner is displayed on the interface 405.
  • the B air conditioner when the B air conditioner receives the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone for the first time and the B air conditioner responds, the B air conditioner can return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry the device information of the B air conditioner, so that the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can According to the equipment information of the B air conditioner, from a variety of preset types of remote controls, accurately match the virtual remote control for the current B air conditioner, that is, determine the type and/or style of the virtual remote control that matches the B air conditioner.
  • the user performs operation 1 as shown in (e) of Figure 4, and clicks the mode control 405-1.
  • the mobile phone sends an infrared signal to the B air conditioner for the second time, and the infrared signal can be Including the request message for obtaining the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B, the user continues to determine whether the air conditioner B responds.
  • the B air conditioner responds, the user can continue to perform operation 2, click the "Yes" control, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 406 as shown in (f) in Figure 4, and a window pops up automatically on the interface 406 406-1, the window 406-1 can display prompt information: the air conditioner B has been loaded, whether to save the air conditioner B.
  • the air conditioner B when the air conditioner B receives the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone for the second time and the air conditioner B responds, the air conditioner B can also return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry information about the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B.
  • the information on the current operating parameters of the B air conditioner includes parameters such as wind direction, wind speed, target temperature, and working mode (such as cooling mode, heating mode, automatic mode, ventilation mode, dehumidification mode, etc.) under the current working state of the B air conditioner information.
  • working mode such as cooling mode, heating mode, automatic mode, ventilation mode, dehumidification mode, etc.
  • the interface 407 may include an operating parameter display area 407-1 and a control area 407-2 of the air conditioner B shown in a dotted line box, wherein the smart remote control application of the mobile phone may display the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B in the display area 407- 1 shows the wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode and target temperature of B air conditioner 24°C.
  • control area 407-2 of the B air conditioner shown in the dotted line box includes a plurality of operation controls that the user can click and control the B air conditioner, such as the temperature increase control 21, the switch Control 22, cooling control 23, working mode control 24, wind speed control 25, wind direction control 26, sweeping wind control 27.
  • the user can click on the control in the control area 407-2, and then control the opening or closing of the air conditioner B, adjust the operating parameters of the air conditioner B, and so on.
  • each preset remote controller can match a fixed brand and model of home equipment, and each preset remote controller includes preset controls, Control layout and styling, etc.
  • each preset remote control application has stored A collection of control data for the remote control.
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can query the control code value of the control, and generate a pulse signal according to the control code value of the control, and send it to
  • the air conditioner B sends the pulse signal, and the air conditioner B can analyze and determine the operation instruction according to the received pulse signal, and respond according to the operation instruction.
  • Table 3 lists information that may match the preset virtual remote control of air conditioner B.
  • all controls of the virtual remote control of air conditioner B have a unique virtual remote control ID, such as virtual The remote controller ID is described as "02".
  • the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner includes fixed controls, such as temperature increase control 21, switch control 22, temperature drop control 23, work mode control 24, wind speed control 25, wind direction control 26 and wind sweep control 27, and each control corresponds to
  • control symbol, and control code value please refer to the relevant introduction in Table 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • This interface 408 is the main interface of the smart remote control application, and compared to the interface 305 shown in (e) figure in FIG. " name, click the icon 408-1 of the B air conditioner or the display area of the name of "B air conditioner", you can enter the interface 407 of "virtual remote control of B air conditioner", and control it through the controls included in "virtual remote control of B air conditioner” Turn on or off the B air conditioner, and adjust the operating parameters of the B air conditioner in the working process, etc.
  • the mobile phone can obtain the control ID of the working mode control 24 as 004 and the control code value of 10110100, according to the infrared
  • the remote control NEC protocol generates a pulse signal, and sends the pulse signal to the B air conditioner through the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone.
  • the pulse signal can be: 00000000 11111111 10110100 01001011.
  • the B air conditioner can analyze the pulse signal and determine that the operation instruction contained in the pulse signal corresponds to the working mode button of the "physical remote control". In response to the operation instruction, the B air conditioner switches the working mode, such as switching from cooling mode to heating mode , which will not be repeated here.
  • a virtual remote control of the TV or an air conditioner is added to the mobile phone of the head user.
  • the physical remote control of the TV or air conditioner cannot be found, other users
  • different people such as members or visiting guests, want to turn on the TV, switch the TV channel, adjust the playback volume, or adjust the operating temperature of the air conditioner, they can only use the smart remote control application of the head user's mobile phone to pass through the user's mobile phone.
  • the virtual remote control of the added TV controls the process of using the TV, or the virtual remote control of the air conditioner controls the work of the air conditioner.
  • each control in the virtual remote control usually needs to be learned and paired with the buttons of the physical remote control one by one. , it is impossible to complete the learning and pairing of the controls in the virtual remote control, that is, it is impossible to add a virtual remote control of the TV to other people's mobile phones.
  • the embodiment of the present application will provide a method for sharing virtual remote controllers between devices.
  • This method can share the virtual remote controllers that have been added and available in electronic devices such as mobile phones to other electronic devices, and the shared
  • the process can take into account the user's permission requirements, simplify the operation process, and improve the user experience.
  • the "sending device” and the “receiving device” may be the same type of device, for example, both the “sending device” and the “receiving device” are mobile phones; or, the "sending device” and the “receiving device” “ can be different types of devices, for example, the “sending device” is a mobile phone, the “receiving device” can be a tablet, etc.
  • the mobile phone 100 is used as the "sending device", and the smart remote control application of the "sending device (mobile phone 100)" has added virtual remote control of one or more devices device.
  • the mobile phone 100 has added "virtual remote control of TV A” and “virtual remote control of air conditioner B” in the smart remote control application according to the aforementioned processes in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4 .
  • the virtual remote controller of any device that has been added in the smart remote control application can be used as the "virtual remote controller to be shared” introduced in the embodiment of this application.
  • the "process of sharing the virtual remote control" in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as: the head user shares the virtual remote control of TV A or the virtual remote control of air conditioner B added on his mobile phone 100 with other family members or visitors. Electronic equipment, so that other family members or visitors can control A TV or B air conditioner through their own electronic equipment.
  • the mobile phone 100 of the head user is the "sending device", and the electronic devices of other family members or visitors are the "receiving devices".
  • both the “sending device” and the “receiving device” meet the conditions of the electronic devices described above, for example, both the “sending device” and the “receiving device” have infrared modules, For example, an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver can send or receive infrared signals; and both the “sending device” and the “receiving device” are installed with the same type of smart remote control application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and the icon and name of A TV and the icon and name of B air conditioner are displayed on the interface 501, indicating that the smart remote control of the mobile phone
  • the virtual remote controls that have been added to the application include: A virtual remote control for TV and B air conditioner virtual remote control.
  • the user can select a virtual remote controller of a device to be shared from the virtual remote controllers of one or more devices that have been added on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application, and trigger the The sharing process of the device's virtual remote control.
  • the mobile phone can automatically pop up an operation window 502-1, displaying an interface 502 as shown in (b) in FIG. 5 .
  • the operation window 502-1 of the interface 502 for the virtual remote controller of the B air conditioner, a variety of executable operation options are provided for the user, for example, several possible operation options listed below:
  • the "Delete” option can be used to delete the virtual remote control and related data of the B air conditioner that have been added in the smart remote control application. If the user clicks the delete option, the added virtual remote of the B air conditioner will be deleted in the smart remote control application, and the icon of the B air conditioner and the name of the B air conditioner will no longer be displayed on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application.
  • the "Rename” option can be used to modify the name of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner.
  • the user can modify the name “B air conditioner” under the air conditioner icon on the main interface 501 of the smart remote application to "living room air conditioner", “bedroom air conditioner” etc. according to the location of the B air conditioner in the home scene.
  • the "Top” option can be used to adjust the display position of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner. If the user clicks on the top option, on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application, the positions of "virtual remote control of air conditioner B" and “virtual remote control of TV A" can be exchanged, that is, the icon and name of air conditioner B will be displayed on top The first position in the list of remotes.
  • the "Share” option can trigger the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner.
  • the mobile phone is triggered to enter the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the mobile phone can display the following: The details interface 503 of the virtual remote controller shown in (c) figure in Fig.
  • this interface 503 can display all interface content of the details interface of the virtual remote controller of B air conditioner, for example, this interface 503 can include the operating parameters of B air conditioner
  • the display area 503-1 and the control area 503-2 of the air conditioner B are displayed, and all operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B on the interface 503 are selectable.
  • the user can manually select all or some of the operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B as the "target controls" to be shared on the interface 503 according to the current usage requirements.
  • each control in can correspond to a selection box, and the selection box of each control is presented as "unselected state", that is, the selection box is presented as a blank state.
  • the user can click the selection boxes corresponding to some controls according to the current needs, and determine the control selected by the user as the "target control". It should be understood that the "target control" selected by the user is all controls included in the "virtual remote control to be shared", and other controls not selected by the user are not included in the "virtual remote control to be shared”.
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can set the heating control 21 and the cooling control 23 is determined as the "target control", that is, the temperature-increasing control 21 and the cooling control 23 will be included as the content of the "virtual remote control to be shared", and other controls such as switch control 22 are not included in the "virtual remote control to be shared”. content.
  • the target control to be shared corresponding to the virtual remote controller of each type of device may be all controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device Some fixed controls by default. For example, if the virtual remote control of the device is triggered to be shared, all controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote control of the device may be displayed as selected by default, that is, all controls may be used as target controls.
  • the user can click the selection box corresponding to some controls to cancel the sharing of this part of the controls, and determine the remaining controls that are still in the "selected state" without clicking the cancellation as "target controls”.
  • the user can click the selection box of the switch control 22, the selection box of the working mode control 24, the selection box of the wind speed control 25, and the wind direction control
  • the selection box of 26 and the selection box of the sweeping control 27 are canceled, and the temperature increase control 21 and the cooling control 23 that are not clicked and canceled and still present as "selected state" are determined as "target controls”.
  • the user can only share some of the controls included in the virtual remote control of the device with the receiving device, so that other family members or visitors can Control the device through some shared controls.
  • parents generally limit the length of time children watch TV every day and the content of programs that children watch.
  • Parents can hide the physical remote control of the TV, add a virtual remote control of the TV to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and control it within a fixed period of time every day. Turn on the TV for children, and only share the volume adjustment control of the virtual remote control of the TV with the children's electronic devices.
  • Children can only adjust the volume of the TV, but cannot switch channels or change the content of the program played, thereby controlling children's use of the TV authority.
  • the selection box corresponding to each control can be located in the lower right corner, lower left corner, upper right corner, upper left corner of the control icon, or located directly below the control icon, or located in the geometric center of the display area of the control icon and covering The control is located on the previous display layer of the control.
  • the embodiment does not limit the display position of the selection box corresponding to each control.
  • the effective duration of the virtual remote control (or "target control") to be shared on the receiving device can also be set.
  • timing control 503-3 may also be included.
  • the user can set the effective duration of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner to be shared on the receiving end device through the "timing control 503-3", that is, the effective duration of the warming control 21 and cooling control 23 available on the receiving end device.
  • the initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" can be 00:00:00, and the user can manually modify it to the desired effective duration, for example, the user modifies the "timing control 503-3" to display 02 hours 00 minutes and 00 seconds. Alternatively, the user may not modify it, and maintain the "timer control 503-3" to always display the initial value of 00:00:00.
  • the user performs the operation shown in (c) in Figure 5 and clicks on the "Confirm” control if the "timing control 503-3" displays 00:00:00, it can be understood as: there is no limit to the content to be shared.
  • B The effective duration of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner available on the receiving device.
  • the initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" may correspond to a preset fixed duration, for example, the default initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" is 01:00:00, that is, the B air conditioner to be shared
  • the effective duration of the virtual remote control available on the receiving device is 1 hour. The user can manually modify the effective duration displayed by the "timer control 503-3", and modify the preset fixed duration to a duration that meets the current usage requirements, which will not be repeated here.
  • the virtual remote control (or “target control”) shared by the user from the sending device to the receiving device may correspond to a preset effective range.
  • the "preset effective range” may depend on the corresponding maximum transmission distance when infrared signals are transmitted between devices.
  • the virtual remote control (or temperature increaser) of the B air conditioner to be shared generated on the mobile phone is: a range less than or equal to 10 meters from the air conditioner B as the center, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the name of the file to be shared may be displayed: "B air conditioner remote control”.
  • the sharing window 504-1 can also provide users with multiple possible sharing methods, such as Huawei Share, sharing via WLAN direct channel, Bluetooth sharing, and mobile data sharing.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file” can also be sent to For the receiving end device, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sharing method of "the file of the B air conditioner remote control”.
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can determine the information of the "target control” selected by the user, such as “heating control”. Control 21" and "Cool Down Control 23". Specifically, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can obtain the information of the "heating control 21” and the information of the "cooling control 23” from the information of all the controls included in Table 3, that is, the "heating control 21” and the “cooling control 23” listed in Table 3.
  • the "cooling control 23" corresponds to some or all of the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information.
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone obtains the information of the "heating control 21" and the information of the “cooling control 23” from the information of all controls included in Table 3, it can The information of " and the information of " cooling control 23 " generate " file of remote control of B air conditioner ", or be called “ file to be shared ", namely aforementioned " virtual remote control to be shared " corresponding content.
  • Table 3 shows the information of all controls included in the virtual remote control of air conditioner B.
  • the generated “file of remote control of air conditioner B” only includes the user's The information of the selected "target control” to be shared.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file” may include the ID information of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the control IDs, control symbols, and control IDs corresponding to the "heating control 21" and "cooling control 23" selected by the user, respectively. code value, control protocol and other information, but does not include the switch control 22 and other control information.
  • the generated "B air conditioner remote control file” may also include information about the effective duration (for example, 2 hours) and/or information about the effective range set by the user.
  • the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file" may also include the current operating parameter information of the B air conditioner.
  • the "current operating parameter information of B air conditioner” may include the B displayed in the operating parameter display area 503-1 as shown in (c) in FIG.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file” can also include the file that is closest to the current one.
  • the operating parameter information set by the user for the B air conditioner through the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner on the mobile phone last time such as the wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode, and target temperature parameter information set for the B air conditioner last time, the embodiment of the present application There is no limit to this.
  • the "file of the remote control of the air conditioner B" may be generated in different ways, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type and generation process of the "file of the remote control of the air conditioner B" to be shared.
  • the smart remote control application can create a data set corresponding to the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the data set includes the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner Information corresponding to all controls on the details interface.
  • the data set may include all the contents listed in Table 3, and may also include information such as the identification and file name of the B air conditioner.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file” may be generated according to the included information or content.
  • the file may be a newly created file, and the information of the "increasing temperature control 21" and the "cooling control 23" listed above, as well as the field information corresponding to the effective duration, etc. are written into the newly created file.
  • the newly created file can also carry the application identification of the smart remote control application of the receiving device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq, and the "B air conditioner remote control file” can be automatically named “B air conditioner.ykq”. There is no limit to this.
  • the mobile phone can further display (e) in Figure 5
  • the window 505-1 in the interface 505 displays one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone, that is, the file of the "B air conditioner remote control" can be sent through Huawei Share. " other devices. If the device name of the mobile phone is HuaweiMate30, the one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone may include Mate40, MateBook, visitor mobile phone, etc.
  • the user can select a "receiving device" from one or more searched near-field devices according to his own needs, so as to send the generated "B air conditioner remote control file” to the receiving device.
  • a "receiving device” from one or more searched near-field devices according to his own needs, so as to send the generated "B air conditioner remote control file” to the receiving device.
  • the user performs the operation shown in (e) in Figure 5, clicks the icon of the visitor's mobile phone, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone can use the "B air conditioner remote control file" (for example: B air conditioner. ykq) to the visitor's mobile phone.
  • B air conditioner remote control file for example: B air conditioner. ykq
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can encrypt the newly created "B air conditioner remote control file" (for example: B air conditioner.ykq), and then send it to the visitor's mobile phone, so as to improve the security of the home device during use.
  • B air conditioner remote control file for example: B air conditioner.ykq
  • the encryption key of the newly created file may be a key related to the smart remote control application.
  • the visitor's mobile phone at the receiving end can The application identification is determined to be the file corresponding to the smart remote control application, and the smart remote control application on the visitor's mobile phone is further invoked and run.
  • the smart remote control application can decrypt, obtain and run the "B air conditioner remote control file", which will not be repeated here.
  • the user can select some controls or all controls on the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of a certain device to trigger the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the device.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of the process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows the main interface 601 of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and the interface 601 displays the device icon and name corresponding to the virtual remote control that has been added, such as the icon of TV A and Name, icon and name of B air conditioner.
  • the user wants to share the virtual remote control of air conditioner B with the receiving device, he can perform the operation shown in (a) in Figure 6, click the icon of air conditioner B, or click the display area of the name "air conditioner B", and respond Based on the user's click operation, the mobile phone can display the detailed interface 602 of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B as shown in (b) in Figure 6.
  • This interface 602 shows the current wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, and cooling of the air conditioner B
  • Operating parameters such as mode and target temperature, and all operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, such as temperature increase control 21, switch control 22, temperature drop control 23, working mode control 24, wind speed control 25, and wind direction control 26 27. Sweeping wind control.
  • the user can select and hold any one of all operable controls included on the detailed interface 602 of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B, and perform a long-press operation, and trigger B in response to the long-press operation of the user.
  • the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner is not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to, but not limited to the user.
  • the user can perform the operation shown in Figure 6 (b), select and long press the "cooling control 23", when the mobile phone detects that the user's current operation is a long press operation, in response to the user's long press
  • the mobile phone can display an interface 603 as shown in (c) of FIG. 6 .
  • the icon of each control may correspond to a selection box, and the selection box of each control is in an "unselected state", that is, the selection box is in a blank state.
  • the user can click the selection boxes corresponding to some controls according to the current needs, and the mobile phone can determine the control selected by the user as the "target control".
  • the mobile phone can display an interface 604 as shown in (d) of Figure 6, and a sharing window 604-1 will automatically pop up on the interface 604.
  • the mobile phone can further display the (e) in Figure 6
  • the window 605-1 in the interface 605 displays one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone, such as Mate40, MateBook, visitor's mobile phone and so on.
  • the user can click the icon of the visitor's mobile phone according to his own needs, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone can send the "B air conditioner remote control file" to the visitor's mobile phone.
  • the above-mentioned embodiment combines the process shown in Figure 5 and Figure 6, with the mobile phone of the head of the household user as the sending end device, and the visitor's mobile phone as the receiving end device, the "B air conditioner remote control file" including the information of some controls or all controls Share to visitor's mobile phone.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file" including the information of some controls or all controls Share to visitor's mobile phone.
  • a receiving window can pop up, and the receiving window can be used for the user to choose whether to receive the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the mobile phone.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of receiving a remote control shared by a mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving device may automatically pop up a window to prompt the user whether to choose to receive it. And/or, a prompt icon, a text prompt message, etc. may be displayed on the status bar at the top of the display screen, and the user may check the prompt and choose whether to accept it through a pull-down operation. And/or, the receiving end device may emit a preset prompt sound such as "beep" to prompt the user whether to choose to receive the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending end device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving device may display an interface 701 as shown in (a) in Figure 7, on the display interface of the current display screen A prompt window 701-1 pops up automatically, and the prompt window 701-1 may include prompt information: Huawei Mate 30 wants to share the remote control of the B air conditioner with you, whether to accept it.
  • the display interface 701 of the current display screen of the receiving end device is not limited to be the main interface of the receiving end device or the running interface of any application program, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can click the "Receive” control, and in response to the user's confirmation of the receiving operation, the receiving device can receive the "B air conditioner remote control file", for example, according to the "B air conditioner remote control file” Information such as the file type or the application package name corresponding to the file, triggers the operation of the smart remote control application, and obtains the content included in the "B air conditioner remote control file" through the smart remote control application.
  • the content included in the "B air conditioner remote control file" has multiple possible situations.
  • the receiving end device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner may present on the display screen of the receiving end device according to different contents contained in the "B air conditioner remote control file".
  • the receiving device can determine the virtual remote control of B air conditioner according to the above content included in the acquired "B air conditioner remote control file".
  • An interface 702 as shown in (b) of FIG. 7 may be displayed.
  • the interface 702 is the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner sent by the sending device, so the title of the interface 702 can be displayed as "B air conditioner of HuaweiMate30" .
  • the interface 702 can also display wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24°C), etc. Parameters related to the current operation of the air conditioner.
  • the interface 702 also displays the "heating control 21" and "cooling control 23" that can receive user operations, that is, the head user will open the authority to control the working temperature of the B air conditioner to the receiving device.
  • the receiving end device When the user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 7 and clicks the "return" control, in response to the user's return operation, the receiving end device returns to display the smart remote control application as shown in (c) in Figure 7 Main interface 703 . Assuming that the smart remote control application of the receiving end device has not added any virtual remote control of the device before, after receiving the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending end device, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner can be added on the main interface 703 of the smart remote control application. remote control, and display the icon of air conditioner B and the name of the remote control.
  • the virtual remote displayed on the smart remote application main interface 703 of the electronic device the virtual remote displayed on the smart remote application main interface 703
  • the name of the virtual remote can be different.
  • the "B air conditioner remote control file" received by the receiving end device may also include the effective duration set by the user.
  • the virtual remote control of air conditioner B can be used normally within the time period corresponding to the effective duration starting from the receiving time.
  • the receiving end device may display the available and valid virtual remote controller of the B air conditioner on the interface 702 shown in (b) in FIG. 7 and/or the interface 703 shown in (c) in FIG. 7 .
  • the duration for example, reminds the user of the remaining time of the effective duration in a countdown manner, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end device receives the "B air conditioner remote control file" as the starting time, and when it is greater than the effective duration or exceeds the time period corresponding to the effective duration, the receiving end device's In the smart remote control application, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner is disabled.
  • the icon and name of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B may be grayed out, for example The user cannot click or does not respond to the user's click.
  • the icon and name of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B are automatically deleted on the main interface 703 of the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for sharing the remote control between devices can share the information of the remote control of the device added in the smart remote control application of the sending device to the receiving device in a variety of possible ways;
  • the device can automatically add the device remote control in the smart remote control application according to the received information of the device remote control.
  • this method can use the remote control of the device that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices, respectively
  • the electronic devices sent to different users get rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and provide convenience for multiple users to control the same device;
  • the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device and learning the controls optimizes the process of different users using electronic devices such as mobile phones to control the device, meets the control needs of multiple users for the device, and improves the user experience.
  • the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device.
  • the user may share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some of the controls of the remote control of the device are added.
  • the user may only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiver device.
  • This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
  • the user when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, the user can also set the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device.
  • the available time of the device remote control or target control shared to the receiving device.
  • the family scene shown in Figure 1 may include multiple home devices such as TV, air conditioner, set-top box, camera, network box, DVD, projector, etc.
  • Virtual remote control so that you can control multiple home devices with only one mobile phone.
  • the head of household user can use the mobile phone smart remote control application according to the different needs of different people.
  • the virtual remote control of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners can be shared with different people, and the controls of different numbers and functions included in the virtual remote control can be shared with different people, that is, different people can open different functions of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners. Operating authority.
  • This method simplifies the operation process, avoids the situation that multiple people use the mobile phone of the main user to control multiple family devices, and meets the needs of multiple people to control multiple family devices; at the same time, the head user can restrict different people from controlling multiple family devices.
  • the control authority of the device improves the security of the use process of the home device and improves the user experience.
  • the process of sharing the remote control may occur between two different electronic devices, that is, the process of sharing the remote control may occur between the sending end device and the receiving end device. Therefore, the hardware structure and software structure of the sending end device and the receiving end device can support the process of sharing the remote controller of the present application.
  • the sending-end device and the receiving-end device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal Computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other electronic devices, the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on the specific types of the sending end device and the receiving end device.
  • the sending end device and the receiving end device in this embodiment of the present application may be electronic devices of the same type, or may be electronic devices of different types.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending end device in the embodiment of the present application may include part or all of the structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 8 , or may include more other unshown structures; the receiving end device may also include the Some or all structures of the electronic device 100 shown, or more other structures not shown, are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, an infrared module 122, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, and a charge management module 140 , power management module 141, battery 142, antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, an indicator 192, a camera 193, a display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the electronic device 100 may serve as both a sending end device and a receiving end device.
  • the processor 110 of the electronic device 100 stores computer programs or instructions corresponding to the method for sharing remote controls among the devices.
  • the method of sharing the remote control between the devices stored in the processor 110 can be called through the application interface, so as to support the user to add a certain device in the smart remote control application
  • the virtual remote control of the device can be shared with other devices, and can support the user to manually select some or all controls in the virtual remote control of the device, and the smart remote control application can then use the information of some or all controls selected by the user and the effective duration set by the user Information and other content to generate a remote control file to be shared.
  • the processor 110 can also call the device search and discovery capabilities of the electronic device 100 to search for one or more near-field devices that can receive the "remote control file", and then call a communication module such as a Bluetooth module to send a message to a near-field device selected by the user.
  • the field device sends the "remote control file”.
  • the processor 110 can detect the received "remote control file", for example, according to the Information such as the file type of the "remote control file” or the application package name corresponding to the file triggers the invocation and operation of the smart remote control application, and obtains the content included in the "remote control file” through the smart remote control application, and controls the display screen 194 to display according to the content corresponding interface. Subsequent embodiments will specifically introduce the process of sharing the remote controller between the sending end device and the receiving end device, which will not be repeated here.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through the CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G/6G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite, etc. applied on the electronic device 100.
  • System global navigation satellite system, GNSS
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • near field communication technology near field communication, NFC
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the sending end device and the receiving end device are two different electronic devices, both of which include the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the sending device and the receiving device can be devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network, and the two devices can communicate based on a Wi-Fi link; or, a Bluetooth connection can be established between the two devices Connection, two devices can communicate based on Bluetooth channel; or, two devices can establish a connection based on NFC technology such as touch; or, two devices can be based on infrared technology (infrared, IR) , 2G/3G/4G/5G/6G and other wireless communication methods to establish a connection.
  • the two devices can communicate in a corresponding manner.
  • the communication method is not limited.
  • any of the possible connection methods between the devices listed above can make the sending end
  • the device performs a search operation one or more near-field devices can be found, and the user can select the receiver device that wants to share the remote control from one or more near-field devices.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • both the sending end device and the receiving end device may include a display screen 194, which can display different interface contents and receive user's touch operation.
  • the display screen 194 of the sending end device displays the interface of the smart remote control application
  • the touch operation can be passed to the processing device 110, and enter the process of sharing the remote control according to the instructions of the processor 110, and at the same time, the display screen 194 of the sending device can display the corresponding interface in the process of sharing the remote control, such as the control selection interface of the remote control of the device, Sharing method selection interface, etc.
  • the receiving device can display the prompt window 701-1 shown in (a) in FIG. The operation performed in -1.
  • the receiving end device can call and run the smart remote control application according to the remote control file, and display possible interfaces on the display screen 194, such as the detailed interface of the remote control of the device, etc., which will not be repeated here repeat.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the sending end device may include the infrared module 122 .
  • the infrared module 122 may include an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver.
  • the infrared emitter may be an infrared light emitting diode 122A
  • the infrared receiver may be an infrared integrated receiving head 122B.
  • the controls included in the virtual remote controller of the TV need to learn the button functions of the physical infrared remote controller.
  • the electronic device 100 can send an infrared signal to the physical remote control through the infrared light-emitting diode 122A, and can also receive the infrared response signal returned by the physical remote control through the infrared integrated receiving head 122B, and then obtain the physical remote control button. Key values, functions and other information.
  • the virtual remote control of the air conditioner has been added to the smart remote control application of the electronic device 100.
  • the user clicks on the operation of each control, and the electronic device 100 All can generate included binary coding information according to the control code value corresponding to the control.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • Electronic device 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y and z axes
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature treatment strategy.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K can detect user operations such as touch and click, generate an operation event, and transmit the operation event to the processor 110, and the processor 110 determines that the operation event includes touching Point coordinates, touch status and other related parameters, and respond according to the operation event.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of this application uses a layered architecture
  • the system is taken as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • both the sending end device and the receiving end device in this embodiment of the application may be
  • the system has a layered architecture as shown in (a) of Figure 9.
  • the layered architecture may include several layers, each layer has a clear role and division of labor, and the layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • Exemplary as shown in (a) figure in Fig. 9, can be The system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom are application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime ( runtime) and system libraries, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application layer may include application packages corresponding to applications such as camera, smart life, smart remote control, Bluetooth, and settings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the application framework layer can provide an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a notification manager, a resource manager, and the like.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether the screen has a status bar, or participate in operations such as locking the screen and capturing the screen.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • the stored data may include video data, image data, audio data, etc., and may also include call record data made and received, user browsing history, bookmarks, and other data, which will not be described here.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the resource manager provides various resources to the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar of the screen, which can be used to convey messages to the user.
  • the notification information can disappear automatically after a short stay in the status bar, without requiring the user to perform an interactive process such as closing operations.
  • the notification manager can notify the user of messages such as download completion.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background; or, the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window, For example, prompting text information in the status bar; or, the notification manager can also control the electronic device to emit a prompt sound, vibrate the electronic device, and flash the indicator light of the electronic device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (media libraries), three-dimensional (three dimensional, 3D) graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), two-dimensional (two dimensional, 2D) graphics engine, etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library media libraries
  • three-dimensional (three dimensional, 3D) graphics processing library for example: OpenGL ES
  • two-dimensional (two dimensional, 2D) graphics engine etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem of the electronic device, and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, sensor driver, bluetooth driver and so on.
  • both the sending end device and the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present application may have the system layered architecture, then the method for sharing remote controls between devices provided in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the implementation process shown in (b) in FIG. 9 .
  • the process of sharing the remote controller between the sending device and the receiving device may include the following three stages:
  • the first stage the process of adding and using the target remote control on the sending device
  • the sender device can add virtual remote controllers of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners to the smart remote control application of the sender device (mobile phone 100) according to the procedures shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 .
  • the user can further complete the process of learning the controls of the virtual remote controller and extending the control functions through the physical remote controller of the TV.
  • the smart remote control application can create and save the control data set of the virtual remote control of each device, so that the virtual remote control of each device can have the function of the corresponding physical remote control, and the user can pass The virtual remote control in the smart remote control of the mobile phone controls multiple home devices.
  • the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can obtain the control code of the control Value, driven by the sensor, drives the infrared module to transmit an infrared signal (pulse signal) including the binary coded information of the control code value to the TV.
  • the infrared module of the TV can analyze and obtain the binary code included in the infrared signal.
  • the coded information corresponds to the operation instruction, and then responds according to the operation instruction, realizing the process of controlling the TV through the virtual remote control of the sending device.
  • the second stage the process of the sending device sharing the target remote control with the receiving device
  • the second stage can be shown in the solid line flow in the middle of (b) in Figure 9.
  • the user can trigger the process of entering the virtual remote control of a certain device in the smart remote control application of the sending device;
  • the intelligent remote control application generates the remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control selected by the user, the effective duration information, etc.;
  • the sending device sends the generated remote control file to the receiving device through the Bluetooth module .
  • the Bluetooth module receives the "remote control file”; secondly, according to the file type of the "remote control file” or the application package name corresponding to the file, etc., trigger the call and run the smart remote control application, Pass the "remote control file” to the smart remote control application; finally, the smart remote control application can obtain the content contained in the "remote control file” and add the virtual remote control of the device.
  • the third stage the process of using the target remote control on the receiving device
  • the third stage can be shown in the dotted line flow on the right side of (b) in Figure 9.
  • the user can In the smart remote control application of , control the device through the added controls in the virtual remote control of the device. It should be understood that for the implementation process of the third stage, reference may be made to the introduction of the first stage, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic flow chart of a method for sharing a remote controller between devices provided in the embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the sending end device and the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present application have the structures shown in Fig. 8 and Fig. 9, for example, the In the family scene shown in Figure 1, the "head user's mobile phone 100" is used as the sending device, and the “visitor's mobile phone” is used as the receiving device. The three stages of the process of sharing the remote control between the aforementioned devices can correspond to different steps. .
  • the method 1000 may include the following steps:
  • the first stage the process that the head user adds and uses the target remote control on the sending device
  • the householder user adds a virtual remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the sending end device.
  • the target device may be the smart screen 10, the air conditioner 20, the set-top box 30 in the home scene shown in FIG. 1, and any type of device such as the user's camera, network box, DVD, and projector.
  • the head user can add a virtual TV A virtual TV on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 according to the process shown in Figure 2 (a) - (f). remote control.
  • the head user can add B air conditioner on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 according to the process shown in Figure 4 (a)-(h) virtual remote control.
  • the smart remote control application can preset different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls, and match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls for different devices, that is, “virtual remote control of the target device” or “virtual remote control of the target device” target remote”.
  • the device type can be manually selected, for example, the user selects a TV, and selects a brand, etc.
  • the smart remote control application can match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls according to the device type.
  • the head user selects the current target device as a TV, and after performing the operation in (e) in Figure 2, can receive a response signal returned by the TV to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry The device information of the TV, such as A brand, S model, etc.
  • the smart remote control application can match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the device information of the TV.
  • the head user can also customize the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current target device according to his own needs, that is, add one or more controls by customizing.
  • the head user can use the custom control 203-1 on the interface 203 as shown in (c) in FIG. , only adding a remote control including volume control, channel control and power control to the TV, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "key information" of each key on the physical remote controller of the target device may include key value information, key function information, etc. of each key.
  • the household head user may complete the process of step 1002 by referring to the operations shown in (a)-(c) in FIG. 3 .
  • the control 16 where the number "3" is located on the virtual remote control of TV A can obtain the number key of the physical remote control by learning the number key 3 of the physical remote control of TV A 3 key value information, key function information, etc., so as to establish a corresponding relationship between the control 16 where the number "3" of the virtual remote control is located and the number key 3 of the physical remote control.
  • the smart remote control application generates and saves the control data set of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the button information of the physical remote control corresponding to each control in the virtual remote control of the target device.
  • each control among all the controls of the virtual remote control of the target device can learn the corresponding key of the physical remote control, and determine the control code value of the control according to the key value of the corresponding key.
  • the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to establish and save all the keys of the virtual remote control of the target device. Control data collection corresponding to the control.
  • control data set may include information such as virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information corresponding to each control in all controls of the virtual remote control.
  • the control data set may be as shown in Table 2 shown.
  • the smart remote control application determines the control ID of the control, and combines the stored control data set to determine the control code value of the control, and generates a pulse signal including an operation instruction according to the control code value of the control.
  • the sending end device detects the click operation of the control by the head user, and determines the position coordinates of the control according to the click operation event.
  • the smart remote control application can determine the control ID according to the position coordinates of the control, and then search the stored control data set shown in Table 2, and obtain the control code value of the control corresponding to the control ID.
  • the virtual remote controller can send an operation command to the target device through an infrared signal (pulse signal), and the infrared signal (pulse signal) can include a string of binary coded information, for example, at least including an 8-bit address code (user code) and 8 Bit command code (control code value), the binary coded information is the operation instruction to control the target device.
  • the infrared signal pulse signal
  • the infrared signal pulse signal
  • the infrared signal can include a string of binary coded information, for example, at least including an 8-bit address code (user code) and 8 Bit command code (control code value), the binary coded information is the operation instruction to control the target device.
  • the smart remote control application can generate an infrared signal (pulse signal) including a series of binary coded information after obtaining the "control code value" of a certain control in the virtual remote control.
  • the smart remote control application invokes the infrared module of the sending device, and the infrared emitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal to the target device through infrared rays.
  • the infrared module (infrared receiver) of the target device receives the infrared rays, acquires the operation instruction in the pulse signal, and makes a response.
  • the head user adds the virtual remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 (transmitter device), and after the control learning, when the user clicks any control of the virtual remote control of the target device, it can be connected with Pressing the button of the physical remote controller corresponding to the control generates the same pulse signal, or in other words generates the same operation command, thereby realizing the same function.
  • the virtual remote controller of the target device in the smart remote control application can have the same functions as the physical remote controller, and the user can control the target device through the virtual remote controller in the smart remote control application.
  • the second stage the process of the sending device sharing the target remote control with the receiving device
  • the process of the second stage may correspond to: the head user follows the process shown in (a)-(e) in Figure 5, long presses the B air conditioner on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100
  • the icon of the virtual remote control triggers the process of sharing the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner.
  • the process of the second stage may correspond to: the head user follows the process shown in Figure 6 (a)-(e), on the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner of the mobile phone 100 , press and hold a control and select some controls or all controls on the interface to trigger the process of sharing the virtual remote control of air conditioner B. Please refer to the previous description, and will not repeat it here.
  • the household head user uses the smart remote control application on the sending end device to trigger the sharing process of the target remote control.
  • the household head user manually selects one or more controls from all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device.
  • the smart remote control application determines one or more controls manually selected by the user as target controls.
  • target controls one or more controls manually selected by the user
  • the target controls are all the controls included in the "virtual remote controller to be shared”.
  • the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device.
  • the user can share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote control of the device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some controls of the remote control of the device are added.
  • the selection box of each control is presented as "not Selected state", if the head user clicks to select the selection box of the temperature increase control 21, the mobile phone can obtain the virtual remote control ID corresponding to the temperature increase control 21 as 02 and the control ID as 001 according to the user's click operation; and further according to the virtual The remote control ID and the control ID are used to search and determine the control code value of the temperature increasing control 21 as 00110100 in the stored control data set of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B.
  • steps 1009-1010 it is introduced that the user can manually select one or more controls from all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device as the target control.
  • the user can only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiving terminal device.
  • This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
  • the target control may be some fixed controls preset among all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device.
  • the mobile phone may display an interface 503 as shown in (c) in FIG. 5 .
  • the temperature increasing control 21, the switch control 22, the cooling control 23, the working mode control 24, the wind speed control 25, the wind direction control 26, and the wind sweeping control 27 on the interface 503 are all selected, that is, the target device
  • All the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote control are the target controls to be shared by default.
  • the above implementation process does not require the user to perform additional operations, and the smart remote control application can generate remote control files to be shared in advance according to some preset fixed controls, which is easy to operate and can save time in the sharing process.
  • the smart remote control application acquires the information of the target control from the stored control data set of the virtual remote control of the target device, and generates a target remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control .
  • target remote control file includes the information of the target control.
  • the information of the target control may include: some or all of the information in the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol, etc. corresponding to each control as the target control, as shown in Table 2 or Part or all of the content listed in Table 3 will not be repeated here.
  • the receiving end device receives the "target remote control File", which can generate and store the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control.
  • the receiving device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's clicking operation; ID and control ID, search and determine the control code value of the control in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself; then further generate pulse signals according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass through the infrared transmitter of the receiving end device Send the pulse signal to the target device.
  • the receiving device can information to determine the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to each control of the target control in the remote control of the target device added on the receiving end device. If the guest user clicks any control in the target control on the receiving device, the receiving device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further, the receiving device The control symbol, control code value, and control protocol corresponding to the control can be automatically queried and obtained according to the virtual remote control ID and the control ID of the control.
  • the receiving end device can return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device, and the sending end device can find and determine the control code of the control according to the stored control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device value; further return the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and send the pulse signal to the target device through the infrared transmitter of the receiving device. Examples are not limited to this.
  • the "target remote control file” may also include information about the valid duration and/or valid range set by the user.
  • the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields.
  • the user sets the timing control 503-3 to display 02:00:00 seconds, that is, the guest user uses the virtual remote control of the target device on his mobile phone
  • the valid duration is 2 hours.
  • the "target remote controller file" may also include operating parameter information of the target device.
  • the "operating parameter information of the target device" may include (c) in Figure 5
  • the operating parameter display area 503-1 shown in the figure shows the current wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24° C.) of the B air conditioner and other parameter information related to the current operation of the B air conditioner.
  • the "operation parameter information of the target device" may include the previous user setting for the air conditioner B through the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B of the receiving end device, which is closest to the current one.
  • the operating parameter information such as the wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode, and target temperature previously set for the B air conditioner, is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "target remote control file” may also carry the application identifier of the smart remote control application of the receiving end device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq. Taking B air conditioner as an example, the "target remote control file” can be automatically named “B air conditioner.ykq".
  • the receiving end device can trigger the running of the smart remote control application at the end according to the file extension, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart remote control application invokes the communication module of the sending end device, and sends the target remote control file to the receiving end device through the communication module.
  • the target remote control file can be shared through HuaweiShare, WLAN direct channel, Bluetooth, 2G/3G/4G/5G and other mobile data sharing methods, And send to the receiving end device through any possible way such as Weibo, WeChat, SMS, information, email and other social software paths.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the way of sending the target remote control file.
  • a prompt window may be displayed on the display screen of the visitor device for the user to choose whether to receive the target remote control file.
  • the receiving end device receives the target remote control file sent by the sending end device.
  • the smart remote control application acquires the content of the target remote control file, displays the target device remote control and the target control, and adds the target device remote control to the smart remote control application.
  • the receiving end device when it receives the target remote control file, it can trigger the running of the smart remote control application according to information such as the file type of the target remote control file or the application package name corresponding to the file, and the smart remote control application can obtain the Describe the content included in the target remote control file.
  • the content included in the "target remote control file” has many possible situations.
  • the receiver device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote controller of the target device may present on the display screen of the receiver device according to different contents contained in the "target remote controller file”.
  • the smart remote control application may display the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the target device on the display screen of the receiving end device according to the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, only Including the target control, that is, one or more controls manually selected by the user in step 1009 .
  • the smart remote control application can, according to the current operating parameter information of the target device included in the target remote control file, as shown in (b) in Figure 7, at the receiving end
  • the display screen of the device also displays parameters related to the current operation of the B air conditioner, such as wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode, and target temperature (24°C).
  • the third stage the process of using the target remote control in the smart remote control application of the receiving device
  • the smart remote control application determines the control ID of the first control, and combines the received control information in the target remote control file to determine the control code value of the first control, and generates the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control.
  • the pulse signal of the first operation instruction is not limited to the control ID of the first control, and the received control information in the target remote control file to determine the control code value of the first control, and generates the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control.
  • the receiving end device detects the click operation of the first control by the guest user, and determines the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event.
  • the smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then can automatically search for the control information in the target remote control file, obtain the control code value of the first control, and then obtain the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control.
  • a pulse signal including corresponding binary coded information that is, the first operation instruction
  • the receiving device when the "target control information" in the "target remote control file” received by the receiving device includes the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, and control code corresponding to each control as the target control
  • the receiving device can generate and store the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching” and “obtaining the control code value of the first control” of the receiving end device may be to automatically search according to the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself, and obtain the control code value of the first control .
  • the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; and further According to the virtual remote control ID and control ID, search and determine the control code value of the control in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself; then further generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass it through the receiving end device The infrared transmitter of the device sends the pulse signal to the target device.
  • the receiving device when the "target control information" in the "target remote control file” received by the receiving device includes partial information of each control as the target control, for example, only the virtual remote control corresponding to each control is included.
  • Remote control ID and control ID after receiving the "target remote control file", the receiving device can determine the corresponding The ID of the virtual remote control and the ID of the control.
  • the receiving end device determines the virtual remote control ID and control ID of a control clicked by the user, and may return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching" and "obtaining the control code value of the first control" of the receiving device may be: requesting the sending device to obtain the control code value of the first control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further , the receiving end device can automatically return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device according to the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control, and the sending end device will store the control corresponding to the remote control of the target device In the data set, search and determine the control code value of the control; the sending device returns the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass the receiving device's The infrared emitter sends the pulse signal to the target device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart remote control application of the receiving device invokes the infrared module of the receiving device, and the infrared transmitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal including the first operation instruction to the target device through infrared rays.
  • the infrared module (infrared receiver) of the target device receives the infrared rays, acquires the first operation instruction in the pulse signal, and makes a response.
  • one or more device remote controls that have been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device generate a "target remote control file" to be shared according to the information of any device remote control
  • the "target remote control file" to be shared can be shared with the receiving device in a variety of possible ways;
  • the smart remote control application of your own mobile phone (receiving device) the virtual remote control of the target device is automatically added, and the virtual remote control of the target device is automatically added, which can support the guest user to control the target device through the virtual remote control of his mobile phone. Take control.
  • this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
  • the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices.
  • the control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
  • first, second, and third in the embodiments of the present application are only for distinction and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • first operation and second operation in the embodiments of the present application represent different operations performed by the user on the touch screen of the electronic device.
  • sequence numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • preset "fixed value”, etc. can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other This application does not limit its specific implementation methods, such as “preset remote control”, “preset fixed duration”, “preset effective range” and so on in the embodiments of this application .
  • the electronic device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions in combination with the embodiments for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the functional modules of the electronic device may be divided according to the above method example.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the electronic device may include: a display unit, a detection unit and a processing unit.
  • the display unit, the detection unit and the processing unit cooperate with each other, and can be used to support the electronic device to execute the above steps, etc., and/or be used in other processes of the technologies described herein.
  • the electronic device provided in this embodiment is used to execute the above video playing method, so the same effect as the above implementation method can be achieved.
  • the electronic device may include a processing module, a memory module and a communication module.
  • the processing module can be used to control and manage the actions of the electronic device, for example, it can be used to support the electronic device to execute the steps performed by the above-mentioned display unit, detection unit and processing unit.
  • the memory module can be used to support electronic devices to execute stored program codes and data, and the like.
  • the communication module can be used to support the communication between the electronic device and other devices.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP) and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the communication module may be a device that interacts with other electronic devices, such as a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, and a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the electronic device involved in this embodiment may be a device having the structure shown in FIG. 8 .
  • This embodiment also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the above-mentioned relevant method steps to realize the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments. How to share the remote control.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above related steps, so as to realize the method for sharing the remote control in the above embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the methods for sharing the remote control in the above method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the above-mentioned The beneficial effects of the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other various media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Selective Calling Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method for sharing a remote controller between devices, and a sending end device and a receiving end device, wherein the sending end device and the receiving end device can be mobile phones, tablet computers, etc. By means of the method, it is possible to support a user to share, with the receiving end device, a device remote controller which is added onto the sending end device, and the user can manually select, according to usage requirements, some or all controls comprised in the device remote controller as target controls for sharing; and correspondingly, the receiving end device can automatically add the device remote controller to itself according to a received device remote controller file, and can only add the target control which is selected by the user for sharing. By means of the method, it is possible to get rid of the dependence on a physical remote controller, thereby simplifying the cumbersome process of adding a device remote controller; it is also possible to support a plurality of users to control the same device, so as to meet the control requirements of the plurality of users for the device; in addition, it is also possible to limit the control permissions of different people for the device, thereby avoiding a potential safety hazard caused by too many people having operation rights over a certain device.

Description

设备之间分享遥控器的方法、发送端设备和接收端设备The method of sharing the remote control between devices, the sending device and the receiving device
本申请要求于2021年08月18日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110957702.9、申请名称为“设备之间分享遥控器的方法、发送端设备和接收端设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on August 18, 2021, with the application number 202110957702.9 and the application name "Method for Sharing Remote Control Between Devices, Transmitter Device and Receiver Device", The entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及电子技术领域,尤其涉及一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法、发送端设备和接收端设备。The present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular to a method for sharing a remote controller between devices, a sending device and a receiving device.
背景技术Background technique
随着人们生活水平的提高以及设备的高速发展,在日常生活中,每个家庭使用的设备的种类、数量越来越多。例如,家庭场景中的设备可以包括冰箱、烤箱、空调等传统的家用电器,还可以包括手机、智慧屏、机顶盒、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、智能音箱、路由器等电子设备。其中,对于冰箱、智慧屏、空调等家庭设备,用户可以通过实体遥控器(例如红外遥控器等)控制设备的工作状态、工作模式,以及调整工作过程中的参数等。With the improvement of people's living standards and the rapid development of equipment, in daily life, the types and quantities of equipment used by each family are increasing. For example, devices in a home scene may include traditional household appliances such as refrigerators, ovens, and air conditioners, as well as electronic devices such as mobile phones, smart screens, set-top boxes, tablets, laptops, smart speakers, and routers. Among them, for household equipment such as refrigerators, smart screens, and air conditioners, users can control the working status and working mode of the equipment through a physical remote control (such as an infrared remote control, etc.), and adjust parameters during the working process.
一般情况下,每一个家庭设备出厂时可能仅配置一个实体遥控器,对于家庭成员众多的家庭,一个实体遥控器可能无法满足所有家庭成员的使用需求。示例性的,以电视为例,一个电视遥控器无法满足多人的使用需求。此外,多人通过同一个电视遥控器控制电视的使用,可能出现电视遥控器丢失的情况,关键时候找不到电视遥控器;或者,多人使用可能降低了电视遥控器的使用寿命,影响了用户的使用体验。Generally, each family device may only be equipped with one physical remote control when it leaves the factory. For a family with many family members, one physical remote control may not be able to meet the needs of all family members. Exemplarily, taking a TV as an example, one TV remote control cannot meet the usage needs of multiple people. In addition, if multiple people use the same TV remote control to control the use of the TV, the TV remote control may be lost, and the TV remote control cannot be found at critical times; or, the use of multiple people may reduce the service life of the TV remote control and affect the User experience.
在多人控制同一个设备的场景中,如何满足多人对该设备的控制需求,提高用户的使用体验,是当前亟需解决的问题。In the scenario where multiple people control the same device, how to meet the needs of multiple people to control the device and improve the user experience is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法、发送端设备和接收端设备,在用户控制设备工作状态的过程中,该方法可以摆脱对实体遥控器的依赖,能够支持多个用户控制同一个设备,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求;此外,还可以限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。This application provides a method for sharing a remote control between devices, a sending end device and a receiving end device. During the process of the user controlling the working state of the device, the method can get rid of the dependence on the physical remote control and can support multiple users to control the same time. One device can meet the control needs of multiple users on the device; in addition, it can also limit the control authority of different people to the device, avoiding the security risks caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
第一方面提供了一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法,其特征在于,应用于包括显示屏的发送端设备,所述发送端设备上安装有第一应用,所述方法包括:显示所述第一应用的主界面,所述第一应用的主界面上包括一个或多个遥控器的图标;在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户的第一操作,响应于所述第一操作,显示目标遥控器的详情界面,所述目标遥控器是所述一个或多个遥控器中的任意一个,所述目标遥控器能够控制目标设备的工作状态,所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括一个或多个控件;从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件;获取待分享的所述目标控件的信息;根据所述目标控件的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件;显示所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面,所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上包括一种或多种分享方式;在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上,检测用户的第二操作,响应于所述第二操作,从所述一种或多种分享方式中,确定所述目标遥控器文件的目标分享方式,且在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面 上显示一个或多个电子设备,所述一个或多个电子设备中的每一个电子设备能够接收所述发送端设备基于所述目标分享方式发送的所述目标遥控器文件;在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上,检测用户的第三操作,响应于所述第三操作,从所述一个或多个电子设备中,确定接收端设备;所述发送端设备通过所述目标分享方式,向所述接收端设备发送所述目标遥控器文件。The first aspect provides a method for sharing a remote controller between devices, which is characterized in that it is applied to a sending device including a display screen, and a first application is installed on the sending device, and the method includes: displaying the The main interface of the first application, the main interface of the first application includes one or more icons of remote controllers; on the main interface of the first application, detect the first operation of the user, and respond to the first Operation, display the detailed interface of the target remote controller, the target remote controller is any one of the one or more remote controllers, the target remote controller can control the working state of the target device, the detailed interface of the target remote controller Including one or more controls; from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control, determine the target control to be shared; obtain the information of the target control to be shared; according to the target control information, generate the target remote control file to be shared; display the sharing interface of the target remote control file, and include one or more sharing methods on the sharing interface of the target remote control file; On the sharing interface, detect the second operation of the user, and in response to the second operation, determine the target sharing method of the target remote control file from the one or more sharing methods, and on the target remote control One or more electronic devices are displayed on the file sharing interface, and each of the one or more electronic devices can receive the target remote control file sent by the sending device based on the target sharing method; On the sharing interface of the target remote control file, a third operation of the user is detected, and in response to the third operation, the receiving end device is determined from the one or more electronic devices; In a target sharing manner, the target remote control file is sent to the receiving device.
可选地,本申请的“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”为两个不同的电子设备。Optionally, the "sending device" and "receiving device" in this application are two different electronic devices.
可选地,本申请的“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”可以是相同类型的设备,例如“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都是手机;或者,“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”可以是不同类型的设备,例如,“发送端设备”是手机,“接收端设备”可以是平板电脑等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the "sending device" and "receiving device" in this application may be the same type of device, for example, both "sending device" and "receiving device" are mobile phones; or, "sending device" and " The receiving end device" may be different types of devices, for example, the "sending end device" is a mobile phone, and the "receiving end device" may be a tablet computer, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,在本申请中,“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都满足:具有红外模块,例如红外线发射器和红外线接收器,可以发送或接收红外信号;且“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都安装了同种类型的智能遥控应用。It should also be understood that in this application, both "transmitter device" and "receiver device" meet the requirements of: having an infrared module, such as an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver, that can send or receive infrared signals; and "transmitter device" and The "receiving device" is installed with the same type of smart remote control application.
可选地,目标设备可以是家庭场景中的智慧屏、空调、机顶盒,以及用户的相机、网络盒子、DVD、投影仪等任意一种类型的设备。Optionally, the target device may be a smart screen, an air conditioner, a set-top box in a home scene, and any type of device such as a user's camera, network box, DVD, or projector.
可选地,所述第一应用可以为智能遥控应用,或者任意公司开发的任意一种可以实现家庭设备的遥控器控制功能的遥控类应用,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the first application may be an intelligent remote control application, or any remote control application developed by any company that can realize the remote control function of the home device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
通过本申请提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,能够将发送端设备智能遥控应用中已添加的设备遥控器的信息,通过多种可能的方式分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备可以根据接收的设备遥控器的信息,显示目标遥控器的详情界面,且在智能遥控应用中自动添加该设备遥控器。Through the method for sharing the remote control between devices provided in this application, the information of the remote control of the device that has been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device can be shared with the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly, the receiving device According to the received information of the device remote control, the detailed interface of the target remote control can be displayed, and the device remote control can be automatically added to the smart remote control application.
此外,对于多个用户期望控制同一个设备的场景,当实体遥控器数量限制或无法找到实体遥控器的情况时,该方法可以将某一个用户的手机等电子设备上已添加的该设备遥控器,分别发送给不同用户的电子设备,摆脱了用户控制设备的过程对实体遥控器的依赖,为多个用户控制同一个设备提供了便利。In addition, for scenarios where multiple users expect to control the same device, when the number of physical remote controls is limited or the physical remote control cannot be found, this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
同时,上述方法还可以避免每个用户都需要在自己的手机等电子设备上添加该设备遥控器、以及进行控件学习的繁琐过程,优化了不同用户使用手机等电子设备控制设备的流程,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求,提高了用户的使用体验。At the same time, the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices. The control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
应理解,智能遥控应用可以预置不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,并为不同的设备匹配不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,用户可以通过不同的方式在智能遥控应用中添加不同设备的遥控器。示例性的,用户可以在智能遥控应用中添加一个或多个不同的设备的遥控器(可以称为“虚拟遥控器”),那么智能遥控应用的主界面上可以显示已添加的一个或多个遥控器的图标,其中所述一个或多个遥控器中的每一个遥控器能够控制不同相应设备的工作状态,每一个遥控器可以具有相应的设备的实体遥控器的功能。It should be understood that the smart remote control application can preset different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls, and match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls for different devices, and users can use different methods in the smart remote control application. Add remotes for different devices. Exemplarily, the user can add one or more remote controllers of different devices (which may be called "virtual remote controllers") in the smart remote control application, and the added one or more remote controllers can be displayed on the main interface of the smart remote control application An icon of a remote controller, wherein each of the one or more remote controllers can control the working status of different corresponding devices, and each remote controller may have the function of a physical remote controller of a corresponding device.
一种可能的实现方式,当户主用户添加虚拟遥控器时,可以手动选择设备类型,例如用户选择电视,并选择A品牌等。智能遥控应用可以根据设备类型匹配不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器。In a possible implementation manner, when the head user adds a virtual remote control, the device type can be manually selected, for example, the user selects a TV, and selects a brand, etc. The smart remote control application can match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls according to the device type.
另一种可能的实现方式,户主用户选择了当前的目标设备为电视,并在和电视进行配对时可以向电视发送红外信号,还可以接收电视向手机返回的响应信号,该响应信号中可 以携带电视的设备信息,例如A品牌S型号等。智能遥控应用可以根据电视的设备信息,匹配目标设备的虚拟遥控器类型和/或样式。Another possible implementation method is that the head user selects the current target device as a TV, and when pairing with the TV, can send an infrared signal to the TV, and can also receive a response signal returned by the TV to the mobile phone. The response signal can carry The device information of the TV, such as A brand, S model, etc. The smart remote control application can match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the device information of the TV.
又一种可能的实现方式,户主用户还可以根据自己的使用需求,为当前的目标设备自定义虚拟遥控器的类型和/或样式,即自定义添加一个或多个控件。In yet another possible implementation, the head user can also customize the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current target device according to his own needs, that is, add one or more controls by customizing.
具体地,针对户主用户添加的该目标设备的遥控器所包括的任意一个控件,通过学习该目标设备的实体遥控器上相对应的按键,进而获取该控件对应于实体遥控器上的某个按键的按键信息。可选地,目标设备的实体遥控器上的每一个按键的“按键信息”可以包括每一个按键的键值信息、按键功能信息等。Specifically, for any control included in the remote control of the target device added by the head user, by learning the corresponding key on the physical remote control of the target device, and then obtain the control corresponding to a certain key on the physical remote control key information. Optionally, the "key information" of each key on the physical remote controller of the target device may include key value information, key function information, etc. of each key.
通过上述实现方式,用户在发送端设备的智能遥控应用中添加了目标设备的目标遥控器,且经过控件学习之后,当用户点击目标遥控器的任意一个控件,可以和按压该控件对应的实体遥控器的按键产生相同的脉冲信号,或者说生成相同的操作指令,从而实现相同的功能。换言之,智能遥控应用中目标设备的虚拟遥控器可以具备和实体遥控器相同的功能,用户可以通过智能遥控应用中的虚拟遥控器对目标设备进行控制。Through the above implementation method, the user adds the target remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the sending device, and after the controls are learned, when the user clicks any control of the target remote control, the physical remote control corresponding to the control can be pressed. The keys of the device generate the same pulse signal, or generate the same operation command, so as to achieve the same function. In other words, the virtual remote controller of the target device in the smart remote control application can have the same functions as the physical remote controller, and the user can control the target device through the virtual remote controller in the smart remote control application.
还应理解,智能遥控应用中已经添加的任意一个设备的虚拟遥控器都可以作为本申请实施例所介绍的待分享的“目标遥控器”。本申请实施例的“分享目标遥控器的过程”可以理解为:用户将自己手机等电子设备上已添加的目标设备的遥控器,作为待分享的“目标遥控器”,分享给其他家庭成员或访客的电子设备,使得其他家庭成员或访客可以通过自己的电子设备控制该目标设备。It should also be understood that the virtual remote controller of any device that has been added in the smart remote control application can be used as the "target remote controller" to be shared introduced in the embodiment of the present application. The "process of sharing the target remote control" in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as: the user uses the remote control of the target device that has been added to the electronic device such as his mobile phone as the "target remote control" to be shared, and shares it with other family members or The visitor's electronic device, so that other family members or visitors can control the target device through their own electronic device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标控件是所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the target control is part or all of the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control.
本申请提供的方法,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,能够支持用户在发送端设备上手动选择目标遥控器中待分享的目标控件。例如用户可以根据使用需求,仅将该设备遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备自动添加的该设备遥控器时,也仅添加该设备遥控器的部分控件。The method provided in this application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the target remote control on the sending end device during the process of sharing the target remote control. For example, the user can share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote control of the device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some controls of the remote control of the device are added.
通过上述实现方式,用户可以仅将部分控件对应的控制权限(操作权限)开放给接收端设备。该方法可以限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。Through the above implementation manner, the user can only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiving terminal device. This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标控件是所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中预设的固定控件。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the target control is a preset fixed control among the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control.
一种可能的实现方式中,对于不同类型的设备,每一种类型的设备的遥控器对应的待分享的目标控件可以是所述目标设备的所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件中预设的某些固定控件。例如,如果用户触发分享该目标遥控器,该目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件都可以默认显示为被选中状态,即所有控件都可以作为目标控件。In a possible implementation, for different types of devices, the target control to be shared corresponding to the remote control of each type of device may be all controls included in the details interface of the target remote control of the target device Some fixed controls by default. For example, if the user triggers to share the target remote control, all controls included in the details interface of the target remote control can be displayed as selected by default, that is, all controls can be used as target controls.
通过上述实现方式,不需要用户执行额外的操作选择待分享的“目标控件”,且智能遥控应用能够提前根据预设的某些固定控件生成待分享的遥控器文件,操作简单,可以节省分享过程的耗时。Through the above implementation method, the user does not need to perform additional operations to select the "target control" to be shared, and the smart remote control application can generate the remote control file to be shared in advance according to some preset fixed controls, which is easy to operate and can save the sharing process time-consuming.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标控件是用户手动选择的控件,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户选中部分或全部控 件的操作,响应于所述操作,将用户选中的所有控件确定为待分享的所述目标控件。With reference to the first aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the target control is a control manually selected by the user, and the one or more Among the controls, determining the target controls to be shared includes: on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting the operation of selecting some or all controls by the user, and determining all the controls selected by the user as the ones to be shared in response to the operation The target control.
又一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以根据当前的使用需求,在目标遥控器的详情界面上,手动选择该目标遥控器的详情界面上所包括的全部可操作的控件或者部分控件作为待分享的“目标控件”。In yet another possible implementation, the user can manually select all or some of the operable controls included in the details interface of the target remote control as the to-be-shared The "Target Control" for the .
通过上述实现方式,根据不同场景下,其他家庭成员或访客使用目标遥控器控制该目标设备的需求,用户可以仅将该目标虚拟遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备,便于其他家庭成员或访客可以通过分享的部分控件对该目标设备进行控制。Through the above implementation method, according to the needs of other family members or visitors to use the target remote control to control the target device in different scenarios, the user can only share some controls included in the target virtual remote control with the receiving end device, which is convenient for other family members Or visitors can control the target device through some shared controls.
此外,在该实现方式中,仅为接收端设备分享了该设备遥控器中的部分控件,换言之,仅将该设备的部分控制权限(操作权限)开放给其他家庭成员或访客,可以限制其他家庭成员或访客对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。In addition, in this implementation, only some of the controls in the remote control of the device are shared with the receiving device. In other words, only part of the control authority (operating authority) of the device is opened to other family members or visitors, which can restrict the control of other family members. Members or visitors have control over the device, avoiding potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一操作包括用户执行的多项连续操作,所述在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户的第一操作,响应于所述第一操作,显示目标遥控器的详情界面,包括:在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的长按操作,响应于所述长按操作,显示针对所述目标遥控器的一种或多种操作选项,所述一种或多种操作选项中包括分享选项;当检测到用户对所述分享选项的点击操作时,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面,且在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框。With reference to the first aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first operation includes multiple consecutive operations performed by the user, and on the main interface of the first application, detecting the user's The first operation, in response to the first operation, displaying the details interface of the target remote control, includes: on the main interface of the first application, detecting a user’s long press operation on the icon of the target remote control, and responding The long press operation displays one or more operation options for the target remote control, and the one or more operation options include a sharing option; when a click operation of the user on the sharing option is detected, Displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller, and displaying a unique corresponding selection box for each of the one or more controls on the detailed interface of the target remote controller.
可选地,每一个控件对应的选择框可以位于该控件图标的右下角、左下角、右上角、左上角,或者位于该控件图标正下方位置,或者位于该控件图标显示区域的几何中心并覆盖该控件,位于该控件的上一个显示图层,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the selection box corresponding to each control can be located in the lower right corner, lower left corner, upper right corner, upper left corner of the control icon, or located directly below the control icon, or located in the geometric center of the display area of the control icon and covering The control is located at the previous display layer of the control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件;或者,当所述目标遥控器的详情界面还包括确认控件时,在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框且继续点击所述确认控件的操作,响应于用户点击所述确认控件的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件。With reference to the first aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes : On the detailed interface of the target remote controller, detect the operation of the user clicking the selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls, and determine the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user The target control; or, when the details interface of the target remote control further includes a confirmation control, on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting that the user clicks on some or all of the one or more controls Select the selection box of each control and continue to click the confirmation control. In response to the user's operation of clicking the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以在智能遥控应用的主界面上,从已经添加的一个或多个设备的虚拟遥控器中,选择待分享的目标虚拟遥控器,并通过长按该目标虚拟遥控器的图标,触发该设备的虚拟遥控器的分享过程。In a possible implementation, the user can select the target virtual remote control to be shared from the virtual remote controls of one or more devices that have been added on the main interface of the smart remote control application, and press and hold the target virtual remote control. The icon of the remote control, which triggers the sharing process of the device's virtual remote control.
另一种可能的实现方式中,用户还可以在目标遥控器的详情界面上,通过长按任意一个控件,触发该目标遥控器的分享过程,接下来可以选择该界面上的部分控件或全部控件作为待分享的目标控件。In another possible implementation, the user can also press and hold any control on the details interface of the target remote control to trigger the sharing process of the target remote control, and then select some controls or all controls on the interface As the target control to be shared.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一操作是用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的点击操作。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first operation is a user's click operation on an icon of the target remote control.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户对所述一个或多个控件中任意一个控件的长按操作,响应 于所述长按操作,在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框;检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框的操作,响应于所述操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件;或者,当所述目标遥控器的详情界面还包括所述确认控件时,检测用户点击选中所述一个或多个控件的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框且继续点击所述确认控件的操作,响应于用户点击所述确认控件的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件。With reference to the first aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes : On the details interface of the target remote controller, detecting a user’s long press operation on any one of the one or more controls, in response to the long press operation, on the details interface of the target remote controller, Displaying a unique corresponding selection box for each of the one or more controls; detecting the operation of the user clicking the selection box of each of some or all of the one or more controls, and responding to the operation , determining the target control with the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user; or, when the details interface of the target remote control also includes the confirmation control, detecting the part where the user clicks and selects the one or more controls Or the selection box of each control in all controls and continue to click the confirmation control operation, in response to the user's operation of clicking the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
通过上述实现方式,根据不同场景下,其他家庭成员或访客使用遥控器控制设备的需求,用户可以仅将该设备的虚拟遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备,便于其他家庭成员或访客可以通过分享的部分控件对该设备进行控制。此外,该实现方式仅将该设备的部分控制权限(操作权限)开放给其他家庭成员或访客,可以限制其他家庭成员或访客对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。Through the above implementation method, according to the needs of other family members or visitors to use the remote control to control the device in different scenarios, the user can only share some of the controls included in the virtual remote control of the device to the receiving device, which is convenient for other family members or visitors The device can be controlled through some shared controls. In addition, this implementation method only opens part of the control authority (operation authority) of the device to other family members or visitors, which can limit the control authority of other family members or visitors to the device, and prevent too many people from having access to a certain device safety hazards caused by rights.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送端设备存储有所述目标遥控器对应的控件数据集合,所述控件数据集合包括所述目标遥控器的详情界面上所述一个或多个控件中每一个控件的信息,所述获取待分享的所述目标控件的信息,包括:根据待分享的目标控件,从所述控件数据集合中查找并获取所述目标控件的信息,所述目标控件的信息包括作为所述目标控件的每一个控件的遥控器标识ID、控件标识ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议中的一种或多种信息。With reference to the first aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the sending end device stores a control data set corresponding to the target remote control, and the control data set includes the control data set of the target remote control The information of each of the one or more controls on the details interface, the acquisition of the information of the target control to be shared includes: searching for and obtaining the target control from the control data set according to the target control to be shared The information of the target control, the information of the target control includes one or more information in the remote control identification ID, control identification ID, control symbol, control code value, and control protocol of each control as the target control.
一种可能的实现方式,目标设备的遥控器的所有控件中每一个控件都可以学习实体遥控器的对应按键,并根据对应按键的键值确定该控件的控件码值。该目标设备的遥控器的所有控件学习后,智能遥控应用可以获取实体遥控器的所有按键的键值,即实体遥控器的红外编码表,从而建立并保存该目标遥控器的所有控件对应的“控件数据集合”。In a possible implementation manner, each control among all the controls of the remote control of the target device can learn the corresponding key of the physical remote control, and determine the control code value of the control according to the key value of the corresponding key. After learning all the controls of the remote control of the target device, the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to establish and save the " Control Data Collection".
应理解,“所述目标遥控器对应的控件数据集合”可以包括目标遥控器的所有控件中每一个控件的信息,例如每一个控件的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息中的部分信息或全部信息。It should be understood that "the control data set corresponding to the target remote control" may include information about each control in all controls of the target remote control, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, Some or all of the information in the control protocol and other information.
还应理解,智能遥控应用中可能包括一个或多个设备的遥控器,每一个设备的遥控器可以对应一个“控件数据集合”;或者,由于每个设备的虚拟遥控器ID不同且每一个控件的控件码值不同,也可以理解为智能遥控应用中所有设备的遥控器对应的一个“控件数据集合”,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be understood that the smart remote control application may include remote controls of one or more devices, and each remote control of a device may correspond to a "control data set"; or, since each device has a different virtual remote control ID and each control The value of the control code is different, and it can also be understood as a "control data set" corresponding to the remote controllers of all devices in the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
为了避免歧义,本申请假设每一个设备的遥控器可以对应一个“控件数据集合”,且一个“控件数据集合”可以包括该设备的遥控器所有控件中每一个控件的信息,后续不再赘述。In order to avoid ambiguity, this application assumes that the remote control of each device can correspond to a "control data set", and a "control data set" can include the information of each control in all the controls of the remote control of the device, and will not be described in detail later.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框时,所述目标遥控器的详情界面还可以包括定时控件,所述定时控件中显示有效时长,所述有效时长用于指示待分享的所述目标控件在所述接收端设备上的可用时长,所述方法还包括:获取所述定时控件中显示的所述有效时长的信息;以及,所述根据所述目标控件的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件,包括:根据所述目标控件的信息和所述有效时长的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件,其中,所述有效时长是预设时长,或者,用户在所述定时控件中 设置的时长。In combination with the first aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, when the details interface of the target remote control is displayed, a unique corresponding selection box is displayed for each of the one or more controls , the detailed interface of the target remote controller may further include a timing control, the timing control displays an effective duration, and the effective duration is used to indicate the available duration of the target control to be shared on the receiving end device, The method further includes: acquiring the information of the effective duration displayed in the timing control; and generating the target remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control, including: according to the information of the target control information and the information of the effective duration to generate a target remote control file to be shared, wherein the effective duration is a preset duration, or the duration set by the user in the timing control.
一种可能的实现方式中,在选择待分享的目标遥控器的目标控件时,用户可以手动设置待分享的目标遥控器(或“目标控件”)在接收端设备上可用的有效时长。In a possible implementation manner, when selecting the target control of the target remote control to be shared, the user can manually set the effective duration of the target remote control (or "target control") to be shared on the receiving device.
示例性的,该“定时控件”显示的初始值可以为00时00分00秒,用户可以手动修改到自己期望的有效时长,例如用户修改该“定时控件”显示02时00分00秒。或者,用户也可以不修改,维持该“定时控件”一直显示初始值00时00分00秒,可以理解为:不限制待分享的目标遥控器在接收端设备上可用的有效时长。Exemplarily, the initial value displayed by the "timing control" can be 00:00:00, and the user can manually modify it to the desired effective duration, for example, the user modifies the "timing control" to display 02:00:00. Alternatively, the user may not modify it, and keep the "timing control" always displaying the initial value of 00:00:00, which can be understood as: there is no limit to the effective duration of the target remote control to be shared on the receiving end device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该“定时控件”显示的初始值可以对应预设的固定时长,例如该“定时控件”显示的初始值默认为01时00分00秒,即待分享的目标遥控器在接收端设备上可用的有效时长为1小时。用户可以手动修改“定时控件”显示的有效时长,将预设的固定时长修改为符合当前使用需求的时长,此处不再赘述。In another possible implementation, the initial value displayed by the "timing control" may correspond to a preset fixed duration, for example, the default initial value displayed by the "timing control" is 01:00:00, which is the target to be shared The effective time for the remote control to be available on the receiving device is 1 hour. The user can manually modify the effective duration displayed by the "timing control", and modify the preset fixed duration to a duration that meets the current usage needs, which will not be described here.
通过上述实现方式,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,用户在发送端设备上选择待分享的目标控件时,通过设置分享到接收端设备的该设备遥控器(或目标控件)的可用时长,从而进一步限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,提高了设备使用过程的安全性。Through the above implementation, in the process of sharing the target remote control, when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, by setting the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device, thereby The control authority of different people to the device is further restricted, and the security of the device use process is improved.
可选地,用户从发送端设备向接收端设备分享的目标遥控器(或“目标控件”)可以对应预设的有效范围。该“预设的有效范围”可以取决于红外信号在设备之间传输时,对应的最大传输距离。示例性的,如果红外信号在设备之间传输时,从红外发射器到红外接收器之间的最大传输距离为10米,那么手机上生成的待分享的目标遥控器对应的有效范围为:以目标设备为中心,小于或等于10米的范围,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the target remote control (or "target control") shared by the user from the sending device to the receiving device may correspond to a preset effective range. The "preset effective range" may depend on the corresponding maximum transmission distance when infrared signals are transmitted between devices. Exemplarily, if the infrared signal is transmitted between devices, and the maximum transmission distance from the infrared transmitter to the infrared receiver is 10 meters, then the effective range corresponding to the target remote controller to be shared generated on the mobile phone is: The target device is the center, and the range is less than or equal to 10 meters, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标分享方式包括华为分享方式、WLAN直连通道的分享方式、蓝牙分享方式、移动数据分享方式或多种社交软件分享方式中的任意一种。In combination with the first aspect and the above-mentioned implementation methods, in some implementation methods of the first aspect, the target sharing methods include Huawei sharing methods, WLAN direct channel sharing methods, Bluetooth sharing methods, mobile data sharing methods or multiple social Any of the software sharing methods.
可选地,社交软件分享方式可以包括通过微博、微信、短信、信息、电子邮件等多种可能的社交软件路径,本申请实施例对发送“目标遥控器的文件”的方式不作限定。Optionally, the social software sharing method may include various possible social software paths such as Weibo, WeChat, SMS, message, email, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the method of sending "the file of the target remote control".
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,待分享的所述目标遥控器文件还可以携带所述第一应用的标识。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the target remote control file to be shared may further carry the identifier of the first application.
示例性的,该“目标遥控器文件”中可以携带接收端设备的智能遥控应用的应用标识,例如文件后缀为.ykq。以空调为目标设备,该“目标遥控器文件”可以自动命名为“XX空调.ykq”。接收端设备可以根据文件后缀名,触发运行本端的智能遥控应用,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the "target remote control file" may carry the application identification of the smart remote control application of the receiving device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq. With the air conditioner as the target device, the "target remote control file" can be automatically named "XX air conditioner.ykq". The receiving end device can trigger the running of the smart remote control application at the end according to the file extension, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
第二方面提供了一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法,其特征在于,应用于包括显示屏的接收端设备,所述接收端设备上安装有第一应用,所述方法包括:当检测到发送端设备发送的目标遥控器文件时,在所述显示屏上显示提示窗口,所述提示窗口用于提示用户选择是否接收所述目标遥控器文件;在所述提示窗口中,当检测到用户允许接收所述目标遥控器文件的操作时,接收所述目标遥控器文件;根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,调用所述第一应用,并由所述第一应用解析所述目标遥控器文件,并获取所述目标遥控器文件中包括的目标控件的信息,其中,所述目标控件能够用于控制目标设备的工作状态,所述目标控件包括一个或多个控件,所述目标控件的信息包括所述一个或多个控件中每一个控件的信息,所述每一个控件的信息对应于所述目标设备的实体遥控器上预设按键的按键信息; 根据所述目标控件的信息,运行所述第一应用并显示目标遥控器的详情界面,所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括所述目标控件的所述一个或多个控件。The second aspect provides a method for sharing a remote control between devices, which is characterized in that it is applied to a receiving device including a display screen, and the first application is installed on the receiving device, and the method includes: when detecting When the target remote control file is sent by the sending end device, a prompt window is displayed on the display screen, and the prompt window is used to prompt the user to choose whether to receive the target remote control file; in the prompt window, when the user is detected When the operation of receiving the target remote control file is allowed, receive the target remote control file; call the first application according to the received target remote control file, and let the first application analyze the target remote control file, and obtain the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, wherein the target control can be used to control the working state of the target device, the target control includes one or more controls, and the target control The information includes the information of each control in the one or more controls, and the information of each control corresponds to the key information of the preset key on the physical remote control of the target device; according to the information of the target control, run The first application displays a detailed interface of the target remote control, and the detailed interface of the target remote control includes the one or more controls of the target control.
通过本申请提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,能够将发送端设备智能遥控应用中已添加的目标遥控器的信息,通过多种可能的方式分享给接收端设备;相应地,访客用户仅需要执行允许接收发送端设备发送的所述目标遥控器文件的操作,就可以实现在自己手机(接收端设备)的智能遥控应用中,自动添加目标设备的目标遥控器,且自动添加的该目标设备的目标遥控器,能够支持访客用户在接收端设备上对目标设备进行控制。Through the method for sharing the remote control between devices provided in this application, the information of the target remote control that has been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device can be shared with the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly, the guest user only needs to It is necessary to perform the operation of allowing the receiving of the target remote control file sent by the sending device, so that the target remote control of the target device can be automatically added in the smart remote control application of one's own mobile phone (receiving device), and the automatically added target The target remote control of the device can support the guest user to control the target device on the receiving device.
此外,对于多个用户期望控制同一个设备的场景,当实体遥控器数量限制或无法找到实体遥控器的情况时,该方法可以将某一个用户的手机等电子设备上已添加的该设备遥控器,分别发送给不同用户的电子设备,摆脱了用户控制设备的过程对实体遥控器的依赖,为多个用户控制同一个设备提供了便利。In addition, for scenarios where multiple users expect to control the same device, when the number of physical remote controls is limited or the physical remote control cannot be found, this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
同时,上述方法还可以避免每个用户都需要在自己的手机等电子设备上添加该设备遥控器、以及进行控件学习的繁琐过程,优化了不同用户使用手机等电子设备控制设备的流程,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求,提高了用户的使用体验。At the same time, the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices. The control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
应理解,接收端设备接收到“目标遥控器文件”时,可以根据所述目标遥控器文件的文件类型或文件对应的应用包名等信息,触发运行智能遥控应用,且智能遥控应用可以获取所述目标遥控器文件包括的内容。It should be understood that when the receiving end device receives the "target remote control file", it can trigger the running of the smart remote control application according to the file type of the target remote control file or the application package name corresponding to the file, and the smart remote control application can obtain all Describe the content included in the target remote control file.
可选地,结合前述的相关介绍,该“目标遥控器文件”包括的内容具有多种可能的情况。接收端设备可以根据该“目标遥控器文件”包括的不同内容,确定在接收端设备的显示屏上,该目标设备的虚拟遥控器可能呈现的显示界面。Optionally, in combination with the aforementioned related introductions, the content included in the "target remote control file" has many possible situations. The receiver device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote controller of the target device may present on the display screen of the receiver device according to different contents contained in the "target remote controller file".
一种可能的实现方式中,智能遥控应用可以根据所述目标遥控器文件中包括的该目标控件的信息,在接收端设备的显示屏上显示该目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面时,仅包括该目标控件,即用户手动选择的一个或多个控件。In a possible implementation, the smart remote control application may display the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the target device on the display screen of the receiving end device according to the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, only Include the target control, that is, one or more controls manually selected by the user.
另一种可能的实现方式中,“目标遥控器文件”中还可以包括该目标设备的运行参数信息。示例性的,对于空调等设备,智能遥控应用可以根据所述目标遥控器文件中包括的目标设备当前的运行参数信息,如空调当前运行的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等信息。从而可以在接收端设备的显示屏上,也为用户显示风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等与空调当前运行相关的参数,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible implementation manner, the "target remote controller file" may also include operating parameter information of the target device. Exemplarily, for equipment such as air conditioners, the smart remote control application can use the current operating parameter information of the target equipment included in the target remote control file, such as the wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24 ℃) and other information. Therefore, parameters related to the current operation of the air conditioner, such as wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode, and target temperature (24°C), can also be displayed for the user on the display screen of the receiving end device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户对第一控件的点击操作,所述第一控件是所述目标控件包括的所述一个或多个控件中的任意一个控件;响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件的控件码值;根据所述第一控件的控件码值,生成包括第一操作指令的脉冲信号;向所述目标设备发送所述脉冲信号,以控制所述目标设备的工作状态。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: on the details interface of the target remote control, detecting the user's click operation on the first control, the first control being the Any one of the one or more controls included in the target control; in response to the click operation, obtain the control code value of the first control; according to the control code value of the first control, generate A pulse signal of an operation command; sending the pulse signal to the target device to control the working state of the target device.
具体地,接收端设备的智能遥控应用可以调用接收端设备的红外模块,该红外模块的红外发射器通过红外线向目标设备发送包括第一操作指令的脉冲信号。Specifically, the intelligent remote control application of the receiving end device may call the infrared module of the receiving end device, and the infrared emitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal including the first operation instruction to the target device through infrared rays.
应理解,接收端设备检测到其他用户对该第一控件的点击操作,可以根据点击操作事件确定第一控件的位置坐标。智能遥控应用可以根据第一控件的位置坐标确定第一控件ID,进而可以自动查找所述目标遥控器文件中的控件信息,获取第一控件的控件码值,在根据第一控件的控件码值生成包括对应的二进制的编码信息(即第一操作指令)的脉冲信号。It should be understood that, when the receiver device detects a click operation on the first control by other users, it may determine the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event. The smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then can automatically search for the control information in the target remote control file, obtain the control code value of the first control, and then obtain the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control. A pulse signal including corresponding binary coded information (that is, the first operation instruction) is generated.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该“目标控件的信息”包括作为目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议的全部信息时,接收端设备可以根据该目标控件的信息生成并存储该目标设备遥控器对应的“控件数据集合”。因此,上述接收端设备“自动查找”、“获取第一控件的控件码值”的过程可以是根据自身存储该目标设备遥控器对应的“控件数据集合”进行自动查找,获取该第一控件的控件码值。In a possible implementation, when the "information of the target control" includes all the information of the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, and control protocol corresponding to each control as the target control, the receiving end The device can generate and store the "control data set" corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control. Therefore, the above-mentioned process of "automatic search" and "acquisition of the control code value of the first control" by the receiving end device can be based on the "control data set" corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself to perform automatic search, and obtain the code value of the first control. Control code value.
示例性的,如果用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;并进一步根据虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,在自身存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;再进一步按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号。Exemplarily, if the user clicks any control in the target controls on the receiving end device, the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; and further according to The virtual remote control ID and control ID, in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself, find and determine the control code value of the control; then further generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass it through the remote control of the receiving end device The infrared emitter sends this pulse signal to the target device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,当“目标控件的信息”包括作为目标控件的每一个控件的部分信息时,例如“目标控件的信息”仅包括每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID时,接收端设备接收该“目标遥控器文件”之后,可以根据该目标控件的信息,确定在接收端设备上添加的该目标设备遥控器中目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID。接收端设备确定了用户点击的某控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,可以将该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID返回给发送端设备。因此,上述接收端设备“自动查找”、“获取第一控件的控件码值”的过程可以是:向发送端设备请求获取第一控件的控件码值,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible implementation, when the "information of the target control" includes partial information of each control as the target control, for example, the "information of the target control" only includes the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to each control When the receiving device receives the "target remote control file", it can determine the virtual remote control ID and ID corresponding to each control of the target control in the remote control of the target device added on the receiving device according to the information of the target control. Control ID. The receiving end device determines the virtual remote control ID and control ID of a control clicked by the user, and may return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching" and "obtaining the control code value of the first control" of the receiving device may be: requesting the sending device to obtain the control code value of the first control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如果访客用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;进一步地,接收端设备可以根据该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,自动将该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID返回给发送端设备,由发送端设备根据存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;发送端设备再将该控件的控件码值返回给接收端设备;接收端设备可以再按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号。Exemplarily, if the guest user clicks any control in the target control on the receiving end device, the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further , the receiving end device can automatically return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device according to the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control, and the sending end device will store the control corresponding to the remote control of the target device In the data set, search and determine the control code value of the control; the sending device returns the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass the receiving device's The infrared emitter sends this pulse signal to the target device.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件的控件码值,包括:响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件标识ID;根据所述第一控件标识ID和所述目标遥控器文件中包括的所述目标控件的信息,获取所述第一控件的控件码值。In combination with the second aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the obtaining the control code value of the first control in response to the click operation includes: obtaining the control code value of the first control in response to the click operation The first control ID; acquiring the control code value of the first control according to the first control ID and the information of the target control included in the target remote control file.
一种可能的实现方式中,发送端设备检测到户主用户对该第一控件的点击操作,根据点击操作事件确定该第一控件的位置坐标。智能遥控应用可以根据该第一控件的位置坐标确定第一控件ID,进而查找存储的控件数据集合,获取该第一控件ID对应的该第一控件的控件码值。In a possible implementation manner, the sending end device detects a click operation of the first control by the head user, and determines the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event. The smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then search the stored control data set to obtain the control code value of the first control corresponding to the first control ID.
示例性的,接收端设备的智能遥控应用中的该目标遥控器可以通过红外信号(脉冲信号)向目标设备发送操作指令,该红外信号(脉冲信号)可以包括一串二进制的编码信息,例如至少包括8位地址码(用户码)和8位命令码(控件码值),该二进制的编码信息即为控制目标设备的操作指令。因此,智能遥控应用获取了该目标遥控器中某个控件的“控件码值”,就可以生成包括一串二进制的编码信息(操作指令)的红外信号(脉冲信号)。Exemplarily, the target remote controller in the smart remote control application of the receiving end device may send an operation instruction to the target device through an infrared signal (pulse signal), and the infrared signal (pulse signal) may include a string of binary coded information, for example, at least Including 8-bit address code (user code) and 8-bit command code (control code value), the binary coded information is the operation instruction for controlling the target device. Therefore, the smart remote control application can generate an infrared signal (pulse signal) including a series of binary coded information (operation instructions) after obtaining the "control code value" of a certain control in the target remote control.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的图标和所述目标遥控器的名称;检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标或所述目标遥控器的名称的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面;或者,根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的图标;检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面;或者,根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的名称;检测用户对所述目标遥控器的名称的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面。With reference to the second aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: according to the received target remote control file, on the main interface of the first application, adding the The icon of the target remote controller and the name of the target remote controller; detecting a click operation of the user on the icon of the target remote controller or the name of the target remote controller, and displaying the name of the target remote controller in response to the click operation Details interface; or, according to the received file of the target remote control, on the main interface of the first application, add the icon of the target remote control; detect the user's click operation on the icon of the target remote control, and respond In the click operation, display the detailed interface of the target remote control; or, according to the received file of the target remote control, add the name of the target remote control on the main interface of the first application; detect the user In response to a click operation on the name of the target remote controller, a detailed interface of the target remote controller is displayed.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个控件中每一个控件的信息包括遥控器标识ID、控件标识ID、控件符号、控件码值或控件协议中的一种或多种信息。In combination with the second aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the information of each control in the one or more controls includes remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value or One or more types of information in the control protocol.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标遥控器文件还包括有效时长的信息,所述有效时长用于指示所述目标控件在所述接收端设备上的可用时长,所述方法还包括:获取所述有效时长的信息;以所述接收端设备接收所述目标遥控器文件的时刻为起始时刻,根据所述有效时长确定终止时刻;在所述起始时刻至所述终止时刻确定的时段内的任意时刻,用户能够通过所述目标控件控制所述目标设备的工作状态;在所述终止时刻之后的任意时刻,所述目标控件为失效状态,或者在所述终止时刻,自动删除所述第一应用的主界面上添加的所述目标遥控器的图标和/或所述目标遥控器的名称。In combination with the second aspect and the above-mentioned implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the target remote control file further includes information of a valid duration, and the valid duration is used to indicate that the target control is on the receiving end device The method further includes: obtaining the information of the effective duration; taking the time when the receiving end device receives the target remote control file as the starting time, determining the termination time according to the effective duration; At any time within the period determined from the start time to the end time, the user can control the working state of the target device through the target control; at any time after the end time, the target control is in an invalid state , or at the termination moment, automatically delete the icon of the target remote control and/or the name of the target remote control added on the main interface of the first application.
一种可能的实现方式中,所述“目标遥控器文件”中还可以包括用户设置的有效时长的信息和/或有效范围的信息。其中,有效时长的信息、有效范围的信息都可以通过特殊字段来标识。In a possible implementation manner, the "target remote control file" may further include information about the valid duration and/or valid range set by the user. Among them, the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields.
可选地,当目标遥控器为失效状态时,在接收端设备的智能遥控应用主界面上,该目标遥控器的图标和名称可以呈现为灰色不可用的状态,例如用户无法点击或者不响应用户的点击操作。Optionally, when the target remote control is in an invalid state, on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the receiving device, the icon and name of the target remote control may appear in a gray and unavailable state, for example, the user cannot click or does not respond to the user click action.
或者,当目标遥控器为失效状态时,该智能遥控应用主界面上自动删除该目标遥控器的图标和名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Alternatively, when the target remote control is in an invalid state, the icon and name of the target remote control are automatically deleted from the main interface of the smart remote control application, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标遥控器文件还可以携带所述第一应用的标识,所述根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,调用所述第一应用,包括:根据所述目标遥控器文件携带的所述第一应用的标识,确定调用所述第一应用,将所述目标遥控器文件发送给所述第一应用。With reference to the second aspect and the above implementation manners, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the target remote control file may also carry the identifier of the first application, and according to the received target remote control file, call The first application includes: determining to call the first application according to the identifier of the first application carried in the target remote control file, and sending the target remote control file to the first application.
综上所述,本申请提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,能够将发送端设备智能遥控应用中已添加的设备遥控器的信息,通过多种可能的方式分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备可以根据接收的设备遥控器的信息,在智能遥控应用中自动添加该设备遥控器。对于多个用户期望控制同一个设备的场景,当实体遥控器数量限制或无法找到实体遥控器的情况时,该方法可以将某一个用户的手机等电子设备上已添加的该设备遥控器,分别发送给不同用户的电子设备,摆脱了用户控制设备的过程对实体遥控器的依赖,为多个用户控制同一个设备提供了便利;同时,避免每个用户都需要在自己的手机等电子设备上添加该设备遥控器、以及进行控件学习的繁琐过程,优化了不同用户使用手机等电子设备控制设 备的流程,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求,提高了用户的使用体验。To sum up, the method for sharing the remote control between devices provided by this application can share the information of the remote control of the device added in the smart remote control application of the sending device to the receiving device in various possible ways; correspondingly , the receiving end device can automatically add the remote control of the device in the smart remote control application according to the received information of the remote control of the device. For scenarios where multiple users expect to control the same device, when the number of physical remote controls is limited or the physical remote control cannot be found, this method can use the remote control of the device that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices, respectively The electronic devices sent to different users get rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and provide convenience for multiple users to control the same device; The cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device and learning the controls optimizes the process of different users using electronic devices such as mobile phones to control the device, meets the control needs of multiple users for the device, and improves the user experience.
此外,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,本申请提供的方法能够支持用户在发送端设备上手动选择设备遥控器中待分享的目标控件。例如用户根据使用需求,可以仅将该设备遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备自动添加的该设备遥控器时,也仅添加该设备遥控器的部分控件。换言之,用户可以仅将部分控件对应的控制权限(操作权限)开放给接收端设备。该方法可以限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。In addition, during the process of sharing the target remote control, the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device. For example, the user may share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some of the controls of the remote control of the device are added. In other words, the user may only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiver device. This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
再者,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,用户在发送端设备上选择待分享的目标控件时,还可以设置分享到接收端设备的该设备遥控器(或目标控件)的可用时长。从而进一步限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,提高了设备使用过程的安全性。Furthermore, in the process of sharing the target remote control, when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, the user can also set the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device. Thus, different people's control rights to the device are further restricted, and the safety of the device use process is improved.
第三方面提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备可以是发送端设备,该电子设备包括:触摸屏;红外模块,所述红外模块包括红外发射器和红外接收器;一个或多个处理器;一个或多个存储器;安装有多个应用程序的模块;所述存储器存储有一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述电子设备执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面和第一方面中任一项所述能够由发送端设备执行的方法。The third aspect provides an electronic device, which may be a sending end device, and the electronic device includes: a touch screen; an infrared module, the infrared module includes an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver; one or more processors; a or a plurality of memories; a module with a plurality of application programs installed; the memory stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs include instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the electronic device, the The electronic device executes the method described in any one of the first aspect and the first aspect that can be executed by the sending end device.
第四方面提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备可以是接收端设备,该电子设备包括:触摸屏;红外模块,所述红外模块包括红外发射器和红外接收器;一个或多个处理器;一个或多个存储器;安装有多个应用程序的模块;所述存储器存储有一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述电子设备执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如第二方面和第二方面中任一项所述能够由接收端设备执行的方法。The fourth aspect provides an electronic device, which may be a receiving end device, and the electronic device includes: a touch screen; an infrared module, the infrared module includes an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver; one or more processors; a or a plurality of memories; a module with a plurality of application programs installed; the memory stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs include instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the electronic device, the The electronic device executes the method that can be executed by the receiving end device according to any one of the second aspect and the second aspect.
第五方面提供了一种系统,所述系统包括能够相互通信的发送端设备和接收端设备,所述发送端设备能够执行如第一方面和第一方面的实现方式中任一项所述的方法,所述接收端设备能够执行如第二方面和第二方面的实现方式中任一项所述的方法。A fifth aspect provides a system, the system includes a sending end device and a receiving end device capable of communicating with each other, and the sending end device is capable of executing the method described in any one of the first aspect and the implementation manner of the first aspect. method, the receiver device can execute the method according to any one of the second aspect and the implementation manners of the second aspect.
可选地,所述系统还可以包括目标设备,所述目标设备可以接收发送端设备或接收端设备上的“目标遥控器”发出的包括操作指令的红外信号(脉冲信号),并根据红外信号(脉冲信号)中包括操作指令做出响应。Optionally, the system may also include a target device, which may receive an infrared signal (pulse signal) including an operation instruction sent by a "target remote controller" on the sending end device or the receiving end device, and (pulse signal) includes operating instructions to respond.
第六方面提供了一种电子设备上的图形用户界面系统,所述电子设备具有触摸屏、一个或多个存储器、以及一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器用于执行存储在所述一个或多个存储器中的一个或多个计算机程序,所述图形用户界面系统包括所述电子设备执行如第一方面和第一方面中任一项所述的方法时,发送端设备显示的图形用户界面。The sixth aspect provides a graphical user interface system on an electronic device, the electronic device has a touch screen, one or more memories, and one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to execute the One or more computer programs in the one or more memories, the graphical user interface system includes when the electronic device executes the method according to any one of the first aspect and the first aspect, the sending end device displays GUI.
第七方面提供了一种电子设备上的图形用户界面系统,所述电子设备具有触摸屏、一个或多个存储器、以及一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器用于执行存储在所述一个或多个存储器中的一个或多个计算机程序,所述图形用户界面系统包括所述电子设备执行如第二方面和第二方面中任一项所述的方法时,接收端设备显示的图形用户界面。The seventh aspect provides a graphical user interface system on an electronic device, the electronic device has a touch screen, one or more memories, and one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to execute the One or more computer programs in the one or more memories, the graphical user interface system includes when the electronic device executes the method according to any one of the second aspect and the second aspect, the display on the receiving end device GUI.
第八方面提供了一种装置,该装置包含在电子设备中,该电子设备可以是发送端设备或接收端设备。当该电子设备是发送端设备,该装置具有实现上述第一方面及上述第一方面的任意一种可能实现方式中所述发送端设备行为的功能。或者,当该电子设备是接收端设备,该装置具有实现上述第二方面及上述第二方面的任意一种可能实现方式中所述接收端设备行为的功能。An eighth aspect provides an apparatus, which is included in an electronic device, and the electronic device may be a sending end device or a receiving end device. When the electronic device is a sender device, the apparatus has a function of implementing the behavior of the sender device in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Alternatively, when the electronic device is a receiving end device, the apparatus has a function of implementing the behavior of the receiving end device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above.
可选地,该装置具有的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如,显示模块或单元、检测模块或单元、处理模块或单元等。Optionally, the functions of the device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. Hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions described above. For example, a display module or unit, a detection module or unit, a processing module or unit, etc.
第九方面提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的任意一种可能的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,或者使得所述电子设备执行如第二方面和第二方面的任意一种可能的设备之间分享遥控器的方法。A ninth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. Any possible method for sharing a remote controller between devices, or causing the electronic device to execute any possible method for sharing a remote controller between devices as in the second aspect and the second aspect.
第十方面提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的任意一种可能的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,或者使得所述电子设备执行如第二方面和第二方面的任意一种可能的设备之间分享遥控器的方法。The tenth aspect provides a computer program product, when the computer program product is run on the electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the first aspect or any one of the possible methods for sharing the remote control between devices in the first aspect, or The electronic device is made to execute any one of the possible methods for sharing the remote controller between devices as in the second aspect and the second aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例列举的一例家庭场景的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a family scene listed in the embodiment of the present application.
图2是一例在手机的智能遥控应用中添加电视遥控器的过程的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding a TV remote control to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
图3是一例手机的智能遥控应用的电视遥控器的控件学习的过程示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a control learning process of a TV remote controller of an intelligent remote control application of a mobile phone.
图4是一例在手机的智能遥控应用中添加空调遥控器的过程示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding an air conditioner remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一例在手机上分享空调遥控器的过程示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一例在手机上分享空调遥控器的过程示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of the process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一例接收端设备接收手机分享的遥控器的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of receiving a remote control shared by a mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一例电子设备的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例的一例电子设备的软件结构框图。FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一例设备之间分享遥控器的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sharing a remote controller between devices provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
图1是本申请实施例列举的一例家庭场景的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a family scene listed in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,在图1所示的家庭场景中,可以包括智慧屏10、空调20、机顶盒30等多种家庭设备。用户在日常使用智慧屏10、空调20、机顶盒30等家庭设备的过程中,可以通过实体遥控器控制或变更该设备的工作状态、工作模式,以及调整该设备工作过程中的参数等。以智慧屏10为例,智慧屏10出厂时一般都携带实体遥控器,例如红外遥控器40,用户可以通过红外遥控器40控制智慧屏10的开启或关闭、播放频道的切换、音量的调整、显示屏的显示参数的设置或修改等。Exemplarily, in the home scene shown in FIG. 1 , various home devices such as a smart screen 10 , an air conditioner 20 , and a set-top box 30 may be included. During daily use of smart screen 10 , air conditioner 20 , set-top box 30 and other home devices, users can control or change the working status and mode of the device through the physical remote control, and adjust the parameters in the working process of the device. Taking the smart screen 10 as an example, when the smart screen 10 leaves the factory, it usually carries a physical remote control, such as an infrared remote control 40, through which the user can control the smart screen 10 to be turned on or off, switch broadcast channels, adjust the volume, The setting or modification of the display parameters of the display screen, etc.
一般情况下,智慧屏10等任意一个家庭设备出厂时可能仅配置一个红外遥控器40,对于家庭成员众多的家庭,不同的人使用智慧屏10的红外遥控器40后,可能随手将红外遥控器40放置于不同的地方,可能导致红外遥控器40的丢失。当其他家庭成员期望使用红外遥控器40控制智慧屏10时,可能出现找不到红外遥控器40的情况,影响了用户的使用体验。Under normal circumstances, any home device such as smart screen 10 may be equipped with only one infrared remote control 40 when leaving the factory. For a family with many family members, different people may use the infrared remote control 40 of 40 is placed in different places, which may lead to the loss of infrared remote controller 40. When other family members expect to use the infrared remote controller 40 to control the smart screen 10, the infrared remote controller 40 may not be found, which affects the user experience.
另一种可能的情况,当家里有客人到访时,如果客人期望切换智慧屏10的播放频道、或者期望调整空调20在制冷模式下的温度参数时,家庭主人(户主用户)需要先找到智 慧屏10的实体遥控器,以及空调20的实体遥控器,再将不同设备的实体遥控器交给客人使用。然而,随着家庭场景中使用的设备数量和种类的增多,通过不同的实体遥控器控制不同的家庭设备越来越不方便;且在多人使用同一个家庭设备的情况下,可能出现找不到该设备的遥控器的情况,影响了用户的使用体验。In another possible situation, when there is a visitor at home, if the guest expects to switch the broadcasting channel of the smart screen 10, or to adjust the temperature parameter of the air conditioner 20 in the cooling mode, the home owner (household user) needs to find the smart screen 10 first. The physical remote control of the screen 10, and the physical remote control of the air conditioner 20, and then give the physical remote control of different devices to the guests for use. However, as the number and types of devices used in the home scene increase, it becomes more and more inconvenient to control different home devices through different physical remote controls; The condition of the remote control of the device affects the user experience.
一种可能的方式中,可以基于智能红外遥控技术,借助于用户的手机100、平板电脑等电子设备,通过在手机100、平板电脑等电子设备上安装的智能遥控应用,并将该智能遥控应用和家庭场景中的每一个设备分别进行配对,可以在该智能遥控应用中添加不同设备的遥控器,从而通过该智能遥控应用控制家庭场景中的不同设备,摆脱每一个设备对实体遥控器的依赖。In one possible way, based on the intelligent infrared remote control technology, by means of the user's mobile phone 100, tablet computer and other electronic equipment, through the intelligent remote control application installed on the mobile phone 100, tablet computer and other electronic equipment, and the intelligent remote control application Pair with each device in the home scene separately, and you can add remote controls of different devices to the smart remote control application, so as to control different devices in the home scene through the smart remote control application, and get rid of the dependence of each device on the physical remote control .
应理解,本申请实施例中,家庭场景中的配置了实体遥控器(红外遥控器)的设备都具有红外线发射器和红外线接收器,可以接收红外遥控器发出的控制指令,并可以解析该控制指令并对进行响应。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the devices equipped with physical remote controllers (infrared remote controllers) in the home scene all have infrared transmitters and infrared receivers, which can receive control commands sent by infrared remote controllers and can analyze the control instructions. command and respond to it.
还应理解,要实现通过手机100、平板电脑等电子设备控制家庭场景中其他可以被遥控器控制的设备,手机100、平板电脑等电子设备应该满足以下两个条件:It should also be understood that in order to control other devices that can be controlled by remote controllers in the home scene through electronic devices such as mobile phone 100 and tablet computer, electronic devices such as mobile phone 100 and tablet computer should meet the following two conditions:
(1)电子设备也具有红外线发射器和红外线接收器,可以发送或接收红外信号。可选地,红外线发射器可以是红外发光二极管,红外线接收器可以是红外一体化接头,本申请实施例对此不作限定。(1) The electronic device also has an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver, which can send or receive infrared signals. Optionally, the infrared transmitter may be an infrared light emitting diode, and the infrared receiver may be an infrared integrated joint, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
(2)电子设备还需要安装智能遥控应用,该智能遥控应用可以是华为开发的智能遥控应用,也可以是第三方公司开发的任意一种可以实现家庭设备的遥控器控制功能的应用,本申请实施例对此不作限定。(2) The electronic device also needs to be installed with a smart remote control application. The smart remote control application can be a smart remote control application developed by Huawei, or any application developed by a third-party company that can realize the remote control function of home devices. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
下面以图1的家庭场景中满足上述条件的手机100为电子设备,介绍在手机100上的智能遥控应用中添加电视遥控器和空调遥控器的过程。Taking the mobile phone 100 meeting the above conditions in the family scene in FIG. 1 as an electronic device, the process of adding a TV remote control and an air conditioner remote control to the smart remote control application on the mobile phone 100 is introduced below.
应理解,为了和电视或空调的实体遥控器(红外遥控器)进行区分,本申请实施例将手机100的智能遥控应用中添加的遥控器称为“虚拟遥控器”,例如电视的虚拟遥控器、空调的虚拟遥控器等。It should be understood that, in order to distinguish it from the physical remote control (infrared remote control) of a TV or air conditioner, the embodiment of the present application refers to the remote control added in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 as a "virtual remote control", such as a virtual remote control of a TV , virtual remote control of air conditioner, etc.
此外,为了便于描述,在本申请实施例中,将电视或空调的“实体遥控器(红外遥控器)”上的操作键称为“按键”,例如数字按键1、电源按键、返回按键等,将手机的智能遥控应用中添加的“虚拟遥控器”中显示在手机界面上的操作键称为“控件”,例如电源控件、返回控件等,后续不再赘述。In addition, for the convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the operation keys on the "physical remote control (infrared remote control)" of the TV or air conditioner are called "keys", such as number key 1, power key, return key, etc. The operation keys displayed on the mobile phone interface in the "virtual remote control" added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone are called "controls", such as power control, return control, etc., and will not be described in detail later.
图2是一例在手机的智能遥控应用中添加电视遥控器的过程的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding a TV remote control to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone.
示例性的,图2中的(a)图示出了手机在解锁模式下显示的界面201,该界面201显示了天气时钟组件以及多款应用程序(application,App)等。其中,应用程序可以包括相机、智慧生活、设置、智能遥控等。应理解,该界面201还可以包括其他更多的应用程序,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, (a) in FIG. 2 shows an interface 201 displayed by the mobile phone in an unlocked mode, and the interface 201 displays a weather clock component and various application programs (application, App) and the like. Among them, the application program can include camera, smart life, settings, smart remote control and so on. It should be understood that the interface 201 may also include other more application programs, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
如图2中的(a)图所示,用户点击智能遥控应用的图标,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图2中的(b)图所示智能遥控应用主界面202。该智能遥控应用主界面202包括底部菜单区域,底部菜单区域包括“智能遥控”菜单和“电视节目”菜单,其中,界面202为“智能遥控”菜单对应的界面,“电视节目”菜单可以用于供用户查询部分电视频道的实时节目安排。此外,该界面202上还显示了添加遥控器控件202-1和“添加遥控 器”的提示信息:添加后,可通过手机控制设备。As shown in (a) in FIG. 2 , the user clicks the icon of the smart remote control application, and in response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays the main interface 202 of the smart remote control application as shown in (b) in FIG. 2 . The smart remote control application main interface 202 includes a bottom menu area, and the bottom menu area includes a "smart remote control" menu and a "TV program" menu, wherein the interface 202 is an interface corresponding to the "smart remote control" menu, and the "TV program" menu can be used to For users to query the real-time program arrangement of some TV channels. In addition, the interface 202 also displays the prompt information of adding a remote controller control 202-1 and "adding a remote controller": after adding, the device can be controlled by the mobile phone.
用户执行如图2中的(b)图所示的操作,点击添加遥控器控件202-1,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图2中的(c)图所示的界面203,该界面203上显示了多种不同类型的设备,例如电视、空调、机顶盒、相机、网络盒子、数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD)、投影仪等,每一种类型的设备可以对应不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,用户可以根据当前的实际需求,在该界面203上选择任意一种类型的设备,即选择了虚拟遥控器的类型和样式。The user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 2, clicks to add the remote control control 202-1, and in response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 203 as shown in (c) in Figure 2, the A variety of different types of equipment are displayed on the interface 203, such as televisions, air conditioners, set-top boxes, cameras, network boxes, digital video discs (digital video disc, DVD), projectors, etc., and each type of equipment can correspond to different types and For/or virtual remote controllers of different styles, the user can select any type of device on the interface 203 according to current actual needs, that is, the type and style of the virtual remote controller is selected.
可选地,该界面203还可以包括自定义控件203-1。如果该界面203上不包括用户期望添加的设备类型,用户可以通过该自定义控件203-1来添加所需要的虚拟遥控器,并定义该虚拟遥控器的按键数量和功能等,本申请实施例对自定义添加虚拟遥控器的过程不再赘述。Optionally, the interface 203 may also include a custom control 203-1. If the interface 203 does not include the device type that the user expects to add, the user can add the required virtual remote control through the custom control 203-1, and define the number and functions of the virtual remote control keys, etc., the embodiment of the present application The process of customizing and adding a virtual remote control will not be repeated.
当用户期望添加电视的虚拟遥控器时,可以执行如图2中的(c)图所示的操作,点击“电视”图标,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图2中的(d)图所示的选择品牌界面204,该界面204上为用户提供了多种不同的电视品牌,用户可以滑动该界面204以查看更多的电视品牌。此外,该界面204上还显示了搜索框,用户可以在搜索框中输入相匹配的电视品牌名称,以快速查找到目标电视品牌。When the user wants to add a virtual remote control of the TV, he can perform the operation shown in (c) in Figure 2, click on the "TV" icon, and in response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone will display (d) in Figure 2 The brand selection interface 204 shown in the figure provides a variety of different TV brands for the user, and the user can slide the interface 204 to view more TV brands. In addition, a search box is also displayed on the interface 204, and the user can input a matching TV brand name in the search box to quickly find the target TV brand.
应理解,不同品牌的电视,可以对应不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,或者对应相同类型和/或相同样式的虚拟遥控器,用户通过选择电视品牌,可以更快速地匹配虚拟遥控器的类型和/或样式。It should be understood that different brands of TVs may correspond to virtual remote controllers of different types and/or different styles, or may correspond to virtual remote controllers of the same type and/or same style, and the user may match the virtual remote controller more quickly by selecting a TV brand type and/or style of .
如图2中的(d)图所示,假设用户点击品牌A的显示区域,选择了品牌A的电视(称为“A电视”),响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图2中的(e)图所示的界面205。该界面205可以理解为A电视的虚拟遥控器配对界面,该界面205上显示了电源控件205-1,以及用户操作的提示信息,例如:1.请将手机对准电器并点击按钮,发送红外信号;2.根据电器响应结果选择是/否。As shown in (d) in Figure 2, assume that the user clicks on the display area of brand A and selects a TV of brand A (referred to as "A TV"). In response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays ( e) The interface 205 shown in the figure. The interface 205 can be understood as the pairing interface of the virtual remote control of TV A. The interface 205 displays the power control 205-1 and prompt information for user operations, for example: 1. Please point the mobile phone at the electrical appliance and click the button to send infrared Signal; 2. Select Yes/No according to the electrical response result.
根据界面205的提示信息,用户可以将手机对准待配对的A电视,再执行如图2中的(e)图所示的操作1,点击电源控件205-1,响应于用户的点击操作,手机通过红外发射器向A电视发送红外信号,并确定A电视是否有反应,例如A电视从关闭状态切换到开启状态、或者从开启状态切换到关闭状态、或者发出“嘀嘀…”提示音等反应。当A电视有反应时,用户可以继续执行操作2,点击“是”对应的控件,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图2中的(f)图所示的界面206。手机可以在该界面206上自动弹出窗口206-1,该窗口206-1用于供用户选择是否保存A电视的遥控器,并显示提示信息,提示用户:如果有其他的按键需求,请通过学习按键和扩展功能添加。According to the prompt information on the interface 205, the user can point the mobile phone at the TV A to be paired, and then perform operation 1 as shown in (e) in FIG. 2, and click the power control 205-1. The mobile phone sends an infrared signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter, and determines whether TV A responds, for example, TV A switches from off state to on state, or switches from on state to off state, or emits a "beep..." prompt sound, etc. reaction. When TV A reacts, the user can continue to perform operation 2 and click the control corresponding to "Yes". In response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 206 as shown in (f) in FIG. 2 . The mobile phone can automatically pop up a window 206-1 on the interface 206. This window 206-1 is used for the user to choose whether to save the remote control of TV A, and displays a prompt message to remind the user: If there are other button needs, please learn Keys and extended functions added.
可选地,当A电视可以接收手机发送的红外信号且有响应时,可以向手机返回响应信号,该响应信号中可以携带A电视的设备信息,便于手机根据该响应信号准确获取A电视的设备信息,进而准确地为当前的A电视匹配的虚拟遥控器类型和/或样式。其中,A电视的设备信息可以包括该A电视的设备标识、软件系统信息、分辨率、内存、渲染模型、处理器处理速度、传感器等一种或多种信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, when TV A can receive the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone and has a response, it can return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry the equipment information of TV A, so that the mobile phone can accurately obtain the equipment of TV A according to the response signal information, and then accurately match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current TV A. Wherein, the device information of TV A may include one or more information such as the device identification of TV A, software system information, resolution, memory, rendering model, processor processing speed, sensor, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. .
当用户确定添加A电视的虚拟遥控器时,可以执行如图2中的(f)图所示的操作,点击“保存”控件,响应于用户的保存操作,手机的智能遥控应用中就成功添加了A电视 的虚拟遥控器。换言之,通过上述过程,在智能遥控应用中添加了适配于A电视的虚拟遥控器类型和/或样式。但是,A电视的实体遥控器的按键众多且功能繁杂,除了电源按键之外,用户可能期望智能遥控应用中电视的虚拟遥控器也具有日常使用的多个按键的功能。When the user decides to add the virtual remote control of TV A, the operation shown in (f) in Figure 2 can be performed, and the "Save" control is clicked. In response to the user's save operation, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone is successfully added. A virtual remote control for A TV. In other words, through the above process, the type and/or style of the virtual remote control adapted to TV A is added to the smart remote control application. However, the physical remote control of TV A has many buttons and complicated functions. In addition to the power button, the user may expect that the virtual remote control of the TV in the smart remote control application also has the functions of multiple buttons used in daily use.
一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以根据窗口206-1中的提示信息,进行A电视的虚拟遥控器的控件学习和控件功能的扩展。In a possible implementation manner, the user can learn the controls and expand the control functions of the virtual remote control of TV A according to the prompt information in window 206-1.
图3是一例手机的智能遥控应用的电视遥控器的控件学习的过程示意图。当用户执行如图2中的(f)图所示的操作,点击“保存”控件之后,响应于用户的保存操作,手机可以显示如图3中的(a)图所示的界面301,该界面301显示了与当前A电视匹配的虚拟遥控器的样式和控件布局。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a control learning process of a TV remote controller of an intelligent remote control application of a mobile phone. When the user performs the operation shown in Figure 2 (f) and clicks on the "Save" control, in response to the user's saving operation, the mobile phone can display an interface 301 as shown in Figure 3 (a). Interface 301 shows the style and control layout of the virtual remote control that matches the current TV A.
可选地,在该界面301中,显示的A电视的虚拟遥控器控件可以包括:信号输入控件11、电源控件12、静音控件13、音量控件14、频道控件15以及10个数字控件、收藏控件、返回控件等。此外,该界面301上还显示了编辑控件17,该编辑控件17用于触发界面301中的A电视的虚拟遥控器的控件进入学习状态。Optionally, in the interface 301, the displayed virtual remote control controls of TV A may include: a signal input control 11, a power control 12, a mute control 13, a volume control 14, a channel control 15, 10 digital controls, and a collection control , return control, etc. In addition, an editing control 17 is also displayed on the interface 301, and the editing control 17 is used to trigger the control of the virtual remote control of TV A in the interface 301 to enter the learning state.
示例性的,下面以数字“3”对应的控件16为例,介绍该控件16学习实体遥控器的按键3的功能的过程。如图3中的(a)图所示,用户先执行操作1,点击界面301的“编辑”控件17,响应于用户的操作,该界面301中的A电视的虚拟遥控器的所有控件都可以进入学习状态。用户再执行操作2,点击界面301上的数字“3”对应的控件16,响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图3中的(b)图所示的界面302,该界面302上仅显示A电视的虚拟遥控器数字“3”对应的控件16,且自动显示窗口302-1,并在窗口302-1中显示执行按键学习操作的提示信息,例如:1.遥控器对准手机红外接收器,保持5厘米的距离;2.学习开始,按住需要学习的按键持续2秒,保持手机和遥控器静止。Exemplarily, the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" is taken as an example below to introduce the process of the control 16 learning the function of the key 3 of the physical remote control. As shown in Figure 3 (a), the user first performs operation 1, clicks the "edit" control 17 on the interface 301, and in response to the user's operation, all controls of the virtual remote control of TV A in the interface 301 can be Enter the learning state. The user performs operation 2 again, and clicks the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" on the interface 301. In response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 302 as shown in (b) in FIG. 3, and only A is displayed on the interface 302. The control 16 corresponding to the number "3" of the virtual remote controller of the TV, and the window 302-1 is automatically displayed, and the prompt information for performing the button learning operation is displayed in the window 302-1, for example: 1. The remote controller is aligned with the infrared receiver of the mobile phone , keep a distance of 5 cm; 2. To start learning, press and hold the button to be learned for 2 seconds, and keep the phone and remote control still.
查看完该窗口302-1中的提示信息,用户可以点击界面302的“知道了”对应的控件,响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图3中的(c)图所示的数字“3”对应的控件16的学习界面303。用户可以根据窗口302-1中的提示信息进行操作,将A电视的实体遥控器对准手机的红外接收器,并保持5厘米的距离,再执行如图3中的(c)图所示的操作1,点击界面303中的数字“3”对应的控件16,响应于用户的操作,手机的红外发射器向A电视的实体遥控器发送红外信号;再根据该界面303上的提示信息,点击实体遥控器上的按键3并保持2秒以上,响应于用户的操作,实体遥控器可以向手机返回红外信号。After viewing the prompt information in the window 302-1, the user can click on the control corresponding to "Got it" on the interface 302, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays the number "3" as shown in (c) in Figure 3 Corresponding to the learning interface 303 of the control 16 . The user can operate according to the prompt information in window 302-1, aim the physical remote control of TV A at the infrared receiver of the mobile phone, and keep a distance of 5 cm, and then execute the procedure shown in (c) in Figure 3 Operation 1, click the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" in the interface 303, and in response to the user's operation, the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone sends an infrared signal to the physical remote control of TV A; then according to the prompt information on the interface 303, click Press key 3 on the physical remote control and hold it for more than 2 seconds. In response to the user's operation, the physical remote control can return an infrared signal to the mobile phone.
可选地,实体遥控器向手机返回的红外信号中可以包括当前正在学习的“按键3”对应的信息,例如“按键3”的键值信息、按键功能信息等。Optionally, the infrared signal returned by the physical remote control to the mobile phone may include information corresponding to the "key 3" currently being learned, such as key value information and key function information of "key 3".
示例性的,表1列举了实体遥控器部分按键对应的键值,以及按键功能等信息的内容。如表1所示,假设实体遥控器的按键CH+对应的键值为226,功能可以描述为:图形操作界面焦点上移,直播的播放频道加1个。换言之,当用户按压实体遥控器的按键CH+,实体遥控器可以通过红外发射器向A电视发送红外信号,该红外信号中包括按键CH+对应的脉冲信号,A电视获取脉冲信号后,可以解析并获取该脉冲信号对应的操作指令,进而根据该操作指令做出响应。Exemplarily, Table 1 lists key values corresponding to some keys of the physical remote controller, and content of key functions and other information. As shown in Table 1, assuming that the key value corresponding to the key CH+ of the physical remote control is 226, the function can be described as: the focus of the graphical operation interface is moved up, and the live broadcast channel is added by 1. In other words, when the user presses the button CH+ of the physical remote control, the physical remote control can send an infrared signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter. The infrared signal includes the pulse signal corresponding to the button CH+. After TV A obtains the pulse signal, it can analyze and obtain The operation instruction corresponding to the pulse signal is then responded according to the operation instruction.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000002
一种可能的实现方式中,实体遥控器和A电视之间的红外信号可以基于红外遥控NEC协议进行传输。当用户按压实体遥控器(红外遥控器)的某一个按键后,实体遥控器可以确定该按键对应的脉冲信号,通过脉冲信号向A电视传递出一串二进制的编码信息。In a possible implementation manner, the infrared signal between the physical remote controller and the TV A may be transmitted based on the infrared remote control NEC protocol. When the user presses a certain key of the physical remote control (infrared remote control), the physical remote control can determine the pulse signal corresponding to the key, and transmit a series of binary coded information to TV A through the pulse signal.
示例性的,当用户按压按键CH+后,实体遥控器确定该按键CH+对应的脉冲信号包括的二进制的编码信息为:00000000 11111111 11100010 00011101。其中,第一个字节“00000000”和第二个字节“11111111”组成用户码,用户码值为:0x00FF。第三个字节“11100010”由二进制转化为对应的十进制就是226,第四个字节“00011101”和第三个字节互为反码。实体遥控器就是利用二进制的编码信息中第三个字节的值,对不同的按键进行功能定义。Exemplarily, after the user presses the button CH+, the physical remote controller determines that the binary coded information included in the pulse signal corresponding to the button CH+ is: 00000000 11111111 11100010 00011101. Among them, the first byte "00000000" and the second byte "11111111" form the user code, and the value of the user code is: 0x00FF. The third byte "11100010" is converted from binary to the corresponding decimal system, which is 226, and the fourth byte "00011101" and the third byte are inverse codes of each other. The physical remote control uses the value of the third byte in the binary coded information to define the functions of different keys.
示例性的,以表1中实体遥控器的“返回”按键为例,假设“返回”按键的键值为1。当用户按压“返回”按键后,实体遥控器确定该“返回”按键对应的脉冲信号包括的二进制的编码信息为:00000000 11111111 00000001 11111110。当A电视接收到脉冲信号之后,根据脉冲信号包含的二进制的编码信息确定键值1,并根据该键值1确定“返回”按键的按键功能,并做出响应。应理解,在不同场景下,该“返回”按键可以对应不同的功能。具体地,当用户浏览电视的电子节目菜单(electronic program guide,EPG)时,点击“返回”按键,可以返回上一次的操作界面;当用户观看点播的电视节目时,点击“返回”按键,可以返回到点播节目的选择界面;当用户观看直播的电视频道时,点击“返回”按键,可以返回前一观看的频道。Exemplarily, taking the "Back" button of the physical remote controller in Table 1 as an example, it is assumed that the key value of the "Back" button is 1. When the user presses the "Back" button, the physical remote control determines that the pulse signal corresponding to the "Back" button includes binary coded information: 00000000 11111111 00000001 11111110. After TV A receives the pulse signal, it determines the key value 1 according to the binary coding information contained in the pulse signal, and determines the key function of the "return" button according to the key value 1, and makes a response. It should be understood that in different scenarios, the "return" button may correspond to different functions. Specifically, when the user browses the electronic program guide (EPG) of the TV, click the "return" button to return to the last operation interface; when the user watches an on-demand TV program, click the "return" button to Return to the selection interface of on-demand programs; when the user is watching a live TV channel, click the "Back" button to return to the previous channel watched.
为了简便,本申请实施例对实体遥控器的其他按键对应的键值、功能信息不再一一赘述。这里需要说明的是,实体遥控器的每一个按键和键值有且仅有唯一的对应关系。For the sake of brevity, the embodiment of the present application does not repeat the key values and function information corresponding to other keys of the physical remote control one by one. What needs to be explained here is that each key and key value of the physical remote control has and only has a unique correspondence.
当手机开始接收到实体遥控器返回的红外信号(响应信号)时,可以如图3中的(c)图所示,手机的界面303上可以显示“正在接收遥控器信号……”的提示信息。When the mobile phone starts to receive the infrared signal (response signal) returned by the physical remote control, as shown in (c) in Figure 3, the interface 303 of the mobile phone may display a prompt message "receiving remote control signal..." .
当红外信号接收完成后,该提示信息可以自动消失,并在界面303上显示“取消”控件和“保存”控件,用户执行如图3中的(c)图所示的操作2,点击“保存”控件,响应于用户的保存操作,手机可以跳转显示如图3中的(d)图所示的A电视的虚拟遥控器的详情界面304。After the infrared signal reception is completed, the prompt information can disappear automatically, and a "cancel" control and a "save" control are displayed on the interface 303, and the user performs operation 2 shown in (c) figure in Figure 3, and clicks "save". " control, in response to the user's saving operation, the mobile phone can jump to display the details interface 304 of the virtual remote control of TV A as shown in (d) in Figure 3 .
可选地,虚拟遥控器的控件学习的过程可以理解为:虚拟遥控器的某个控件去获取实体遥控器上对应的某个按键的键值信息,并根据键值确定该控件的控件码值。虚拟遥控器的所有控件学习后,智能遥控应用可以获取该实体遥控器的所有按键的键值,即实体遥控器的红外编码表,从而建立并保存该虚拟遥控器的所有控件对应的控件数据集合,该控件数据集合中每个控件的控件码值是固定的。Optionally, the control learning process of the virtual remote control can be understood as: a certain control of the virtual remote obtains the key value information of a corresponding button on the physical remote control, and determines the control code value of the control according to the key value . After learning all the controls of the virtual remote control, the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to create and save the control data set corresponding to all the controls of the virtual remote control , the control code value of each control in the control data collection is fixed.
应理解,该控件数据集合可以包括该虚拟遥控器所有控件中每一个控件的信息,例如每一个控件的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息中的部分信息或全部信息。It should be understood that the control data set may include the information of each control in all the controls of the virtual remote control, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information of each control. or all information.
还应理解,智能遥控应用中可能包括一个或多个设备的虚拟遥控器,每一个设备的虚拟遥控器可以对应一个“控件数据集合”;或者,由于每个设备的虚拟遥控器ID不同且每一个控件的控件码值不同,也可以理解为智能遥控应用中所有设备的虚拟遥控器对应的一个“控件数据集合”,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be understood that the smart remote control application may include virtual remote controls of one or more devices, and each virtual remote control of a device may correspond to a "control data set"; or, since each device has a different virtual remote control ID and each The control code value of a control is different, which can also be understood as a "control data set" corresponding to the virtual remote controllers of all devices in the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
为了避免歧义,后续实施例将以:每一个设备的虚拟遥控器可以对应一个“控件数据集合”为例进行描述,且一个“控件数据集合”可以包括该设备的虚拟遥控器所有控件中每一个控件的信息,后续不再赘述。In order to avoid ambiguity, the subsequent embodiments will be described as follows: each device's virtual remote control can correspond to a "control data set" as an example, and a "control data set" can include each of all controls of the device's virtual remote control The information of the control will not be described in detail later.
示例性的,如图3中的(d)图所示,A电视的虚拟遥控器的详情界面304上包括了多种控件,该界面304上的控件经过学习后,可以得到如下表2所示的控件数据集合,表2列举了该A电视的虚拟遥控器的控件数据集合中部分控件的信息,例如每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息。Exemplarily, as shown in (d) in FIG. 3 , the detailed interface 304 of the virtual remote controller of TV A includes various controls, and the controls on the interface 304 can be obtained as shown in the following table 2 after learning. Table 2 lists the information of some controls in the control data set of the virtual remote control of TV A, such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol, etc. corresponding to each control. information.
表2Table 2
虚拟遥控器IDVirtual Remote ID 控件IDControlID 控件符号control symbol 控件码值control code value 控件协议control protocol
0101 001001 CH-CH- 10100010(162)10100010(162) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0101 002002 CH+CH+ 11100010(226)11100010(226) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0101 003003 音量+volume+ 00100010(34)00100010(34) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0101 004004 音量-volume- 00000010(2)00000010(2) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0101 005005 返回return 00000001(1)00000001(1) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0101 006006 数字3 number 3 00000111(7)00000111(7) NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
……... ……... ……... ……... ……...
其中,在表2中,“虚拟遥控器ID”用于标识手机的智能遥控应用中添加的多个设备的虚拟遥控器的唯一标识(identity,ID)。例如,手机的智能遥控应用中可能添加了A电视的虚拟遥控器、B空调的虚拟遥控器、C机顶盒的虚拟遥控器等,每个设备的虚拟遥控器对应不同的ID,假设某个控件对应的“虚拟遥控器ID”为01,表示该控件是“A电视的虚拟遥控器”中的控件;某个控件对应的“虚拟遥控器ID”为02,表示该控件是“B空调的虚拟遥控器”中的控件。Wherein, in Table 2, the "virtual remote controller ID" is used to identify the unique identifier (identity, ID) of the virtual remote controllers of multiple devices added in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone. For example, the virtual remote control of A TV, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner, the virtual remote control of C set-top box, etc. may be added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone. The virtual remote control of each device corresponds to a different ID. Suppose a certain control corresponds to The "virtual remote control ID" of the control is 01, indicating that the control is a control in "A TV's virtual remote control"; the "virtual remote control ID" corresponding to a control is 02, indicating that the control is "B air conditioner's virtual remote Controls in the Tool.
“控件标识ID”用于标识该控件是界面304示出的A电视的虚拟遥控器包括的所有控件中的哪一个(控件位置、坐标等),每一个控件都具有唯一的控件标识ID。The "control ID" is used to identify which one (control position, coordinates, etc.) the control is included in the virtual remote control of TV A shown in interface 304, and each control has a unique control ID.
“控件符号”是界面304示出的A电视的虚拟遥控器中每一个控件上显示的符号,例如数字1、2、3等。The "control symbol" is a symbol displayed on each control in the virtual remote control of TV A shown in the interface 304, such as numbers 1, 2, 3 and so on.
“控件码值”用于生成操作指令,每一个控件对应唯一的控件码值,且每一个控件的控件码值和实体遥控器上同一个按键的键值具有唯一的对应关系。"Control code value" is used to generate operation instructions, each control corresponds to a unique control code value, and the control code value of each control has a unique correspondence with the key value of the same button on the physical remote control.
“控件协议”是用户通过手机上的A电视的虚拟遥控器和A电视之间信号的通信协议。假设信号基于红外遥控NEC协议,那么A电视的虚拟遥控器和A电视之间红外信号 (脉冲信号)可以包括一串二进制的编码信息,例如至少包括8位地址码(用户码)和8位命令码(控件码值)。具体地,该红外信号(脉冲信号)的数据格式等可以参照红外遥控NEC协议的相关内容,本申请实施例不再赘述。The "control protocol" is a communication protocol for signals between the user's virtual remote control of TV A on the mobile phone and TV A. Assuming that the signal is based on the infrared remote control NEC protocol, the infrared signal (pulse signal) between A TV’s virtual remote control and A TV can include a series of binary coded information, for example, at least including 8-bit address code (user code) and 8-bit command code (control code value). Specifically, for the data format and the like of the infrared signal (pulse signal), reference may be made to the relevant content of the infrared remote control NEC protocol, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,通过图3中的(a)图-(c)图的过程,手机的智能遥控应用可以建立实体遥控器的按键3和虚拟遥控器数字“3”对应的控件16之间的对应关系。例如,表1中“实体遥控器”的按键3(键值7)关联表2“虚拟遥控器”中数字3控件(虚拟遥控器ID为01,控件ID为006,控件码值00000111),即虚拟遥控器的控件16具有和实体遥控器的按键3相同的功能。It should be understood that through the process of (a)-(c) in Figure 3, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can establish the corresponding relationship between the button 3 of the physical remote control and the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" of the virtual remote control . For example, the key 3 (key value 7) of the "physical remote control" in Table 1 is associated with the number 3 control in the "virtual remote control" in Table 2 (the virtual remote control ID is 01, the control ID is 006, and the control code value is 00000111), that is The control 16 of the virtual remote controller has the same function as the button 3 of the physical remote controller.
示例性的,当用户在手机智能遥控应用的“A电视的虚拟遥控器”界面304上点击数字“3”对应的控件16,手机可以获取该控件16的控件ID为006和控件码值00000111,按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过手机的红外发射器向A电视发送该脉冲信号,例如该脉冲信号可以是:00000000 11111111 00000111 11111000。A电视可以解析并获取该脉冲信号,并确定该脉冲信号包含的操作指令,该操作指令可以实现对应于“实体遥控器”的按键3(键值7)的功能,进而A电视可以根据该操作指令做出响应。Exemplarily, when the user clicks the control 16 corresponding to the number "3" on the interface 304 of the "virtual remote control of TV A" of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, the mobile phone can obtain the control ID of the control 16 as 006 and the control code value of 00000111, Generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and send the pulse signal to TV A through the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone. For example, the pulse signal can be: 00000000 11111111 00000111 11111000. TV A can analyze and obtain the pulse signal, and determine the operation instruction contained in the pulse signal. The operation instruction can realize the function corresponding to button 3 (key value 7) of the "physical remote control", and then TV A can follow the operation command to respond.
换言之,用户不论是按压实体遥控器的按键3,还是点击手机的虚拟遥控器的控件16,对于A电视而言,获取的是相同的脉冲信号,或者说获取的相同的操作指令,实现相同的功能。In other words, whether the user presses the button 3 of the physical remote control or clicks the control 16 of the virtual remote control of the mobile phone, for A TV, the same pulse signal is obtained, or the same operation instruction is obtained, and the same Function.
同样地,用户可以按照上述数字“3”对应的控件16的学习过程,继续完成A电视的虚拟遥控器中其他控件的学习,使得图3中的(d)图所示的A电视的虚拟遥控器的详情界面304中包括的所有控件和实体遥控器的按键建立一一对应关系;或者,用户还可以按照自己的使用需求,仅对使用频率高的部分控件进行学习,为了简便,本申请实施例不再一一赘述。Similarly, the user can continue to complete the learning of other controls in the virtual remote control of TV A according to the learning process of the control 16 corresponding to the above-mentioned number "3", so that the virtual remote control of TV A shown in (d) in Figure 3 All the controls included in the details interface 304 of the controller and the buttons of the physical remote control establish a one-to-one correspondence; or, users can also learn only some of the controls that are used frequently according to their own needs. For simplicity, this application implements Examples will not be repeated one by one.
通过上述过程,在手机的智能遥控应用中添加了A电视的虚拟遥控器,且经过控件学习,A电视的虚拟遥控器可以具备实体遥控器的功能,用户可以通过手机智能遥控应用中的虚拟遥控器对A电视进行控制。Through the above process, the virtual remote control of TV A is added to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and after control learning, the virtual remote control of TV A can have the function of a physical remote control, and the user can use the virtual remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone controller to control TV A.
当用户完成期望的控件学习之后,可以执行如图3中的(d)图所示的操作,点击界面304上的“返回上一页”控件,响应于用户的返回操作,手机显示如图3中的(e)图所示的界面305。该界面305为智能遥控应用的主界面,且相比于图2中的(b)图所示的界面202,该界面305上显示了已经添加的A电视的图标305-1以及“A电视”名称,点击该A电视的图标305-1或者“A电视”名称的显示区域,就可以进入“A电视的虚拟遥控器”的界面304,使用界面304上的控件对A电视进行控制,此处不再赘述。After the user completes the desired control learning, he can perform the operation shown in (d) in Figure 3, click the "return to previous page" control on the interface 304, in response to the user's return operation, the mobile phone will display as shown in Figure 3 The interface 305 shown in (e) figure. This interface 305 is the main interface of the smart remote control application, and compared with the interface 202 shown in (b) figure in FIG. name, click the icon 305-1 of the TV A or the display area of the name "TV A", and you can enter the interface 304 of "Virtual Remote Controller of TV A", and use the controls on the interface 304 to control TV A, here No longer.
此外,如果用户还想添加更多设备的遥控器,可以继续点击该界面305上的添加遥控器控件305-2,继续按照前述介绍的过程添加更多设备的遥控器,此处不再赘述。In addition, if the user wants to add more remote controllers of devices, he can continue to click the add remote controller control 305-2 on the interface 305, and continue to add more remote controllers of devices according to the process described above, which will not be repeated here.
上述结合附图2和图3介绍了在手机的智能遥控应用中添加A电视的虚拟遥控器,并完成A电视的虚拟遥控器的控件学习过程,使得用户可以通过手机、平板电脑等便携式电子设备的智能遥控应用控制A电视的频道切换、音量调整、显示参数调整等。The above in conjunction with accompanying drawings 2 and 3 introduces the addition of the virtual remote control of TV A in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and completes the control learning process of the virtual remote control of TV A, so that the user can use portable electronic devices such as mobile phones and tablet computers The smart remote control application of A TV controls the channel switching, volume adjustment, display parameter adjustment, etc. of TV A.
对于图1的家庭场景中的空调20、机顶盒30等设备,用户使用空调20、机顶盒30等部分家庭设备的过程中,不涉及太多的操作。例如,对于空调20,用户可能仅需要调整空调的开启或关闭、风向风速、温度高低,因此,相比于电视的实体遥控器,空调20 的实体遥控器的按键数量、功能比较简单。因此,对于空调20、机顶盒30等家庭设备,智能遥控应用可以为用户提供另一种更便捷的添加虚拟遥控器方式。For the air conditioner 20 , set-top box 30 and other equipment in the home scene in FIG. 1 , the user does not involve too many operations when using some household equipment such as the air conditioner 20 and the set-top box 30 . For example, for the air conditioner 20, the user may only need to adjust the air conditioner on or off, the wind direction and speed, and the temperature. Therefore, compared with the physical remote control of the TV, the number of buttons and functions of the physical remote control of the air conditioner 20 are relatively simple. Therefore, for home devices such as the air conditioner 20 and the set-top box 30 , the smart remote control application can provide users with another more convenient way to add a virtual remote control.
另一种可能的实现方式中,对于部分家庭设备,该家庭设备的虚拟遥控器可以是智能遥控应用中预设的遥控器,该预设的遥控器匹配与该家庭设备的品牌和/或型号,且该预设的遥控器包括预设数量和功能的控件、控件布局和样式等。In another possible implementation, for some home devices, the virtual remote control of the home device may be a preset remote control in the smart remote control application, and the preset remote control matches the brand and/or model of the home device , and the preset remote control includes a preset number and functions of controls, control layout and style, and the like.
图4是一例在手机的智能遥控应用中添加空调遥控器的过程示意图。可选地,当用户在手机的智能遥控应用中添加空调的虚拟遥控器时,智能遥控应用可以根据空调的品牌和型号,从多种预设的遥控器类型中确定匹配当前空调的虚拟遥控器。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a process of adding an air conditioner remote control in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone. Optionally, when the user adds the virtual remote control of the air conditioner to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, the smart remote control application can determine the virtual remote control matching the current air conditioner from a variety of preset remote control types according to the brand and model of the air conditioner .
示例性的,图4中的(a)图示出了智能遥控应用的主界面401,该主界面401上包括前述已经添加的A电视的虚拟遥控器。用户点击该主界面401上的添加遥控器控件401-1,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图4中的(b)图所示的包括多种不同类型的设备的界面402。用户执行如图4中的(b)图所示的操作,点击“空调”图标,响应于用户的点击操作,手机显示如图4中的(c)图所示的选择品牌界面403,该界面403上为用户提供了多种不同的空调品牌。Exemplarily, the figure (a) in FIG. 4 shows the main interface 401 of the smart remote control application, and the main interface 401 includes the virtual remote control of TV A that has been added above. The user clicks the add remote controller control 401-1 on the main interface 401. In response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 402 including multiple different types of devices as shown in (b) of FIG. 4 . The user performs the operation shown in (b) figure in Figure 4, clicks on the "air conditioner" icon, and in response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone displays a brand selection interface 403 as shown in Figure 4 (c), the interface 403 provides users with a variety of different air conditioner brands.
如图4中的(c)图所示,假设用户点击品牌B的显示区域,选择了品牌B的空调,响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图4中的(d)图所示的B空调的虚拟遥控器配对界面404。该界面404上显示了电源控件404-1,以及用户操作的提示信息。As shown in (c) in Figure 4, assume that the user clicks on the display area of brand B and selects the air conditioner of brand B. In response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays the air conditioner of B as shown in (d) in Figure 4 The pairing interface 404 of the virtual remote controller. The interface 404 displays a power control 404-1 and prompt information for user operations.
可选地,在智能遥控应用中为不同的家庭设备添加虚拟遥控器时,手机和家庭设备开始配对的界面的显示内容可以相同。例如,图2中的(e)图所示的A电视的虚拟遥控器开始配对的界面205和图4中的(d)图所示的B空调的虚拟遥控器开始配对的界面404的显示内容可以相同,都包括电源控件和用户操作的提示信息,请参考前述图2中的(e)图的相关介绍,此处不再赘述。Optionally, when adding virtual remote controllers for different home devices in the smart remote control application, the display content of the interface for starting pairing between the mobile phone and the home device may be the same. For example, the display content of the interface 205 where the virtual remote controller of TV A starts pairing shown in (e) in FIG. It can be the same, and both include power control and user operation prompt information. Please refer to the relevant introduction in (e) in FIG. 2 above, and will not repeat them here.
用户执行如图4中的(d)图所示的操作1,点击界面404上的电源控件404-1,触发手机第一次向B空调发送红外信号,用户确定B空调是否有反应,例如B空调可以出现:从关闭状态切换到开启状态、或者从开启状态切换到关闭状态、或者发出“嘀嘀…”的提示音等任意一种反应。当确定B空调有反应时,用户可以继续执行如图4中的(d)图所示的操作2,点击“是”控件,响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图4中的(e)图所示的界面405,该界面405上显示了空调的模式控件405-1。The user performs operation 1 as shown in (d) in FIG. 4, clicks the power control 404-1 on the interface 404, triggers the mobile phone to send an infrared signal to the B air conditioner for the first time, and the user determines whether the B air conditioner responds, for example, B The air conditioner can have any reaction such as switching from the off state to the on state, or from the on state to the off state, or making a "beep..." prompt sound. When it is determined that the B air conditioner responds, the user can continue to perform operation 2 as shown in (d) in Figure 4, click the "Yes" control, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays (e) in Figure 4 As shown in the interface 405, the mode control 405-1 of the air conditioner is displayed on the interface 405.
应理解,当B空调第一次接收手机发送的红外信号且B空调有反应时,B空调可以向手机返回响应信号,该响应信号中可以携带B空调的设备信息,便于手机的智能遥控应用可以根据该B空调的设备信息,从多种预设的遥控器类型中,准确地为当前的B空调匹配的虚拟遥控器,即确定匹配该B空调的虚拟遥控器的类型和/或样式。It should be understood that when the B air conditioner receives the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone for the first time and the B air conditioner responds, the B air conditioner can return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry the device information of the B air conditioner, so that the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can According to the equipment information of the B air conditioner, from a variety of preset types of remote controls, accurately match the virtual remote control for the current B air conditioner, that is, determine the type and/or style of the virtual remote control that matches the B air conditioner.
继续地,用户执行如图4中的(e)图所示的操作1,点击模式控件405-1,响应于用户的点击操作,手机第二次向B空调发送红外信号,该红外信号中可以包括请求获取B空调当前运行参数的请求消息,用户继续确定B空调是否有反应。当B空调有反应时,用户可以继续执行操作2,点击“是”控件,响应于用户的操作,手机显示如图4中的(f)图所示的界面406,该界面406上自动弹出窗口406-1,该窗口406-1可以显示提示信息:已载入B空调,是否保存B空调。Continuing, the user performs operation 1 as shown in (e) of Figure 4, and clicks the mode control 405-1. In response to the user's click operation, the mobile phone sends an infrared signal to the B air conditioner for the second time, and the infrared signal can be Including the request message for obtaining the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B, the user continues to determine whether the air conditioner B responds. When the B air conditioner responds, the user can continue to perform operation 2, click the "Yes" control, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone displays an interface 406 as shown in (f) in Figure 4, and a window pops up automatically on the interface 406 406-1, the window 406-1 can display prompt information: the air conditioner B has been loaded, whether to save the air conditioner B.
应理解,当B空调第二次接收手机发送的红外信号且B空调有反应时,B空调还可 以向手机返回响应信号,该响应信号中可以携带B空调当前的运行参数的信息。It should be understood that when the air conditioner B receives the infrared signal sent by the mobile phone for the second time and the air conditioner B responds, the air conditioner B can also return a response signal to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry information about the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B.
可选地,B空调当前的运行参数的信息包括B空调当前工作状态下的风向、风速、目标温度、工作模式(例如制冷模式、制热模式、自动模式、通风模式、除湿模式等)等参数信息。Optionally, the information on the current operating parameters of the B air conditioner includes parameters such as wind direction, wind speed, target temperature, and working mode (such as cooling mode, heating mode, automatic mode, ventilation mode, dehumidification mode, etc.) under the current working state of the B air conditioner information.
还应理解,当手机显示如图4中的(f)图所示的窗口406-1,并提示用户“已载入B空调”时,即手机已经接收并获取了B空调的设备信息、以及B空调当前运行参数信息等。It should also be understood that when the mobile phone displays the window 406-1 shown in (f) in Figure 4 and prompts the user that "air conditioner B has been loaded", that is, the mobile phone has received and acquired the device information of air conditioner B, and B The current operating parameter information of the air conditioner, etc.
继续地,用户执行如图4中的(f)图所示的操作,点击窗口406-1中的“保存”控件,响应于用户的保存操作,手机跳转显示如图4中的(g)图所示的B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面407。该界面407可以包括虚线框示出的B空调的运行参数显示区域407-1和控制区域407-2,其中,手机的智能遥控应用可以根据获取的B空调当前的运行参数,在显示区域407-1中显示了B空调的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度24℃。Continuing, the user performs the operation shown in (f) in Figure 4, clicks the "Save" control in window 406-1, and in response to the user's save operation, the mobile phone jumps to the display shown in (g) in Figure 4 The detailed interface 407 of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner shown in the figure. The interface 407 may include an operating parameter display area 407-1 and a control area 407-2 of the air conditioner B shown in a dotted line box, wherein the smart remote control application of the mobile phone may display the current operating parameters of the air conditioner B in the display area 407- 1 shows the wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode and target temperature of B air conditioner 24°C.
此外,如图4中的(g)图所示,虚线框示出的B空调的控制区域407-2中包括了多个用户可以点击并控制B空调的操作控件,例如增温控件21、开关控件22、降温控件23、工作模式控件24、风速控件25、风向控件26、扫风控件27。用户可以点击控制区域407-2中的控件,进而控制B空调的开启或关闭、调整B空调的运行参数等。In addition, as shown in (g) of Figure 4, the control area 407-2 of the B air conditioner shown in the dotted line box includes a plurality of operation controls that the user can click and control the B air conditioner, such as the temperature increase control 21, the switch Control 22, cooling control 23, working mode control 24, wind speed control 25, wind direction control 26, sweeping wind control 27. The user can click on the control in the control area 407-2, and then control the opening or closing of the air conditioner B, adjust the operating parameters of the air conditioner B, and so on.
应理解,对于智能遥控应用中的多种预设的遥控器,每一种预设的遥控器可以匹配固定品牌和型号的家庭设备,且每一种预设的遥控器包括预设的控件、控件布局和样式等。It should be understood that for multiple preset remote controllers in the smart remote control application, each preset remote controller can match a fixed brand and model of home equipment, and each preset remote controller includes preset controls, Control layout and styling, etc.
还应理解,每一种预设的遥控器的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息是已知的,即智能遥控应用中已经存储有每一种预设的遥控器的控件数据集合。换言之,用户点击匹配B空调的预设的遥控器中任意一个控件,手机的智能遥控应用可以查询到该控件的控件码值,并根据该控件的控件码值生成脉冲信号,通过红外发射器向B空调发送该脉冲信号,B空调能够根据接收的该脉冲信号,解析确定操作指令,并根据该操作指令做出响应。It should also be understood that information such as the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, and control protocol of each preset remote control is known, that is, each preset remote control application has stored A collection of control data for the remote control. In other words, when the user clicks any control in the preset remote control that matches the air conditioner B, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can query the control code value of the control, and generate a pulse signal according to the control code value of the control, and send it to The air conditioner B sends the pulse signal, and the air conditioner B can analyze and determine the operation instruction according to the received pulse signal, and respond according to the operation instruction.
示例性的,表3列举了一种可能的匹配于B空调的预设虚拟遥控器的信息,如表3所示,B空调的虚拟遥控器的所有控件具有唯一的虚拟遥控器ID,例如虚拟遥控器ID记作“02”。此外,B空调的虚拟遥控器包括固定的控件,例如增温控件21、开关控件22、降温控件23、工作模式控件24、风速控件25、风向控件26和扫风控件27,且每一个控件对应唯一的控件ID、控件符号、控件码值,请参考表2中的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, Table 3 lists information that may match the preset virtual remote control of air conditioner B. As shown in Table 3, all controls of the virtual remote control of air conditioner B have a unique virtual remote control ID, such as virtual The remote controller ID is described as "02". In addition, the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner includes fixed controls, such as temperature increase control 21, switch control 22, temperature drop control 23, work mode control 24, wind speed control 25, wind direction control 26 and wind sweep control 27, and each control corresponds to For the unique control ID, control symbol, and control code value, please refer to the relevant introduction in Table 2, which will not be repeated here.
表3table 3
虚拟遥控器IDVirtual Remote ID 控件IDControlID 控件符号control symbol 控件码值control code value 控件协议control protocol
0202 001001 增温控件21 Warming Control 21 0011010000110100 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 002002 开关控件22 switch control 22 0011010100110101 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 003003 降温控件23 Cooling Control 23 0011011100110111 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 004004 工作模式控件24 Work Mode Control 24 1011010010110100 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 005005 风速控件25 Wind speed control 25 1111010011110100 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 006006 风向控件26 Wind direction control 26 0011010100110101 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
0202 007007 扫风控件27 Wind control 27 1011011010110110 NEC/PHILIPSNEC/PHILIPS
当用户执行如图4中的(g)图所示的操作,点击界面407上的“返回上一页”控件, 响应于用户的返回操作,手机显示如图4中的(h)图所示的界面408。该界面408为智能遥控应用的主界面,且相比于图3中的(e)图所示的界面305,该界面408上还显示了已经添加的B空调的图标408-1以及“B空调”名称,点击该B空调的图标408-1或者“B空调”名称的显示区域,就可以进入“B空调的虚拟遥控器”的界面407,通过“B空调的虚拟遥控器”包括的控件控制B空调的开启或关闭、以及调整B空调工作过程的运行参数等。When the user performs the operation shown in (g) in Figure 4, and clicks the "return to previous page" control on the interface 407, in response to the user's return operation, the mobile phone displays as shown in (h) in Figure 4 interface 408. This interface 408 is the main interface of the smart remote control application, and compared to the interface 305 shown in (e) figure in FIG. " name, click the icon 408-1 of the B air conditioner or the display area of the name of "B air conditioner", you can enter the interface 407 of "virtual remote control of B air conditioner", and control it through the controls included in "virtual remote control of B air conditioner" Turn on or off the B air conditioner, and adjust the operating parameters of the B air conditioner in the working process, etc.
示例性的,当用户在手机智能遥控应用的“B空调的虚拟遥控器”界面407上点击工作模式控件24,手机可以获取该工作模式控件24的控件ID为004和控件码值10110100,按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过手机的红外发射器向B空调发送该脉冲信号,例如该脉冲信号可以是:00000000 11111111 10110100 01001011。B空调可以解析该脉冲信号,并确定该脉冲信号包含的操作指令对应于“实体遥控器”的工作模式按键,B空调响应于该操作指令,切换工作模式,例如从制冷模式切换到制热模式,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, when the user clicks the working mode control 24 on the interface 407 of the "virtual remote control of B air conditioner" in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, the mobile phone can obtain the control ID of the working mode control 24 as 004 and the control code value of 10110100, according to the infrared The remote control NEC protocol generates a pulse signal, and sends the pulse signal to the B air conditioner through the infrared transmitter of the mobile phone. For example, the pulse signal can be: 00000000 11111111 10110100 01001011. The B air conditioner can analyze the pulse signal and determine that the operation instruction contained in the pulse signal corresponds to the working mode button of the "physical remote control". In response to the operation instruction, the B air conditioner switches the working mode, such as switching from cooling mode to heating mode , which will not be repeated here.
通过上述图2至图4的过程,可以通过不同的方法,在手机的智能遥控应用添加电视的虚拟遥控器和空调的虚拟遥控器,用户还可以按照类似的方法添加家庭场景中机顶盒、相机、网络盒子、DVD、投影仪等其他更多设备的虚拟遥控器,从而用户可以通过一部手机控制多个设备的开启和关闭、工作状态的切换、以及调整每个设备在工作过程中的工作参数等,摆脱每一个设备对实体遥控器的依赖。Through the process in Figure 2 to Figure 4 above, you can add the virtual remote control of the TV and the virtual remote control of the air conditioner to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone through different methods. Users can also add set-top boxes, cameras, Virtual remote control for network boxes, DVDs, projectors, and other devices, so that users can control the on and off of multiple devices, switch working states, and adjust the working parameters of each device during work through a mobile phone Etc., get rid of the dependence of each device on the physical remote control.
一种可能的场景中,假设在家庭场景中,户主用户的手机上添加了电视的虚拟遥控器或空调的虚拟遥控器,当找不到电视或空调的实体遥控器时,同时家庭中的其他成员、或者到访的客人等不同的人期望打开电视、切换电视的播放频道、调整播放音量、或者调整空调工作温度时,只能借助户主用户的手机的智能遥控应用,通过户主用户手机上已经添加的电视的虚拟遥控器控制电视的使用过程,或空调的虚拟遥控器控制空调的工作工程。该场景中,如果不同的人借用户主用户的手机控制电视或空调,可能影响了户主用户自己对手机的使用,且户主用户可能并不愿意将自己的私人手机借给其他人使用,可能存在泄露户主用户手机上隐私内容的风险。In a possible scenario, suppose that in a family scenario, a virtual remote control of the TV or an air conditioner is added to the mobile phone of the head user. When the physical remote control of the TV or air conditioner cannot be found, other users When different people, such as members or visiting guests, want to turn on the TV, switch the TV channel, adjust the playback volume, or adjust the operating temperature of the air conditioner, they can only use the smart remote control application of the head user's mobile phone to pass through the user's mobile phone. The virtual remote control of the added TV controls the process of using the TV, or the virtual remote control of the air conditioner controls the work of the air conditioner. In this scenario, if different people use the main user's mobile phone to control the TV or air conditioner, it may affect the use of the mobile phone by the main user, and the main user may not be willing to lend his private mobile phone to others. The risk of leaking private content on the mobile phone of the head user.
或者,家庭中的其他家庭成员、或者到访的客人等不同的人也可以按照前述介绍的过程,在自己手机的智能遥控应用中添加电视或空调的虚拟遥控器。该实现过程中,如果不同的人都按照上述过程在自己手机上添加电视或空调的虚拟遥控器,每个人的每个设备都需要重复的添加、配对等操作,实现过程比较繁琐、耗时。Or, other family members in the family, or different people such as visiting guests can also add a virtual remote control of the TV or air conditioner to the smart remote control application of their mobile phone according to the process described above. In this implementation process, if different people follow the above process to add the virtual remote control of the TV or air conditioner to their mobile phones, each device of each person needs to repeat operations such as adding and pairing, and the implementation process is cumbersome and time-consuming.
其次,对于电视等家庭设备,虚拟遥控器中的每个控件通常都需要和实体遥控器的按键逐一进行学习和配对,不但操作过程复杂且繁琐,而且,如果当前找不到电视的实体遥控器,就无法完成虚拟遥控器中控件的学习和配对,即无法实现在其他人的手机上添加电视的虚拟遥控器。Secondly, for home devices such as TVs, each control in the virtual remote control usually needs to be learned and paired with the buttons of the physical remote control one by one. , it is impossible to complete the learning and pairing of the controls in the virtual remote control, that is, it is impossible to add a virtual remote control of the TV to other people's mobile phones.
另外,对于家庭中的儿童用户或者到访的客人等,一旦用前述介绍的方法在自己手机上添加了电视遥控器且完成了虚拟遥控器中控件的学习和配对过程,便拥有了独立、永久的对电视的控制权限,户主用户可能并不希望家庭中的儿童用户或者到访的客人对电视拥有独立、永久的控制权限。In addition, for children in the family or visiting guests, once the TV remote control is added to their mobile phone using the method described above and the learning and pairing process of the controls in the virtual remote control is completed, they will have an independent, permanent The head of the household may not want children in the family or visiting guests to have independent and permanent control rights to the TV.
因此,上述不同的实现方式无法满足多人对多个设备的使用需求,且无法兼顾不同的人对不同设备的控制权限需求,用户体验较差。Therefore, the above-mentioned different implementation methods cannot meet the needs of multiple people to use multiple devices, and cannot take into account the control authority requirements of different people on different devices, and the user experience is poor.
针对上述问题,本申请实施例将提供一种在设备之间分享虚拟遥控器的方法,该方法可以将手机等电子设备中已经添加且可用的虚拟遥控器分享给其他的电子设备,且该分享过程可以兼顾用户的权限需求,简化操作流程,提高用户的使用体验。In view of the above problems, the embodiment of the present application will provide a method for sharing virtual remote controllers between devices. This method can share the virtual remote controllers that have been added and available in electronic devices such as mobile phones to other electronic devices, and the shared The process can take into account the user's permission requirements, simplify the operation process, and improve the user experience.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的分享虚拟遥控器的方法应用于两个不同的电子设备之间,为了清楚的区分,在后续实施例的描述中,将“两个不同的电子设备”分别称为“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”。It should be understood that the method for sharing a virtual remote control provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied between two different electronic devices. For "sender device" and "receiver device".
可选地,“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”可以是相同类型的设备,例如“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都是手机;或者,“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”可以是不同类型的设备,例如,“发送端设备”是手机,“接收端设备”可以是平板电脑等。Optionally, the "sending device" and the "receiving device" may be the same type of device, for example, both the "sending device" and the "receiving device" are mobile phones; or, the "sending device" and the "receiving device" " can be different types of devices, for example, the "sending device" is a mobile phone, the "receiving device" can be a tablet, etc.
示例性的,以前述图1的家庭场景为例,以手机100作为“发送端设备”,且“发送端设备(手机100)”的智能遥控应用中已经添加了一个或多个设备的虚拟遥控器。例如,手机100已经按照前述图2至图4的过程,在智能遥控应用中添加了“A电视的虚拟遥控器”和“B空调的虚拟遥控器”。Exemplarily, taking the above-mentioned family scene in FIG. 1 as an example, the mobile phone 100 is used as the "sending device", and the smart remote control application of the "sending device (mobile phone 100)" has added virtual remote control of one or more devices device. For example, the mobile phone 100 has added "virtual remote control of TV A" and "virtual remote control of air conditioner B" in the smart remote control application according to the aforementioned processes in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4 .
应理解,智能遥控应用中已经添加的任意一个设备的虚拟遥控器都可以作为本申请实施例所介绍的“待分享的虚拟遥控器”。本申请实施例的“分享虚拟遥控器的过程”可以理解为:户主用户将自己手机100上已添加的A电视的虚拟遥控器或B空调的虚拟遥控器等,分享给其他家庭成员或访客的电子设备,使得其他家庭成员或访客可以通过自己的电子设备控制A电视或者B空调。在该过程中,户主用户的手机100为“发送端设备”,其他家庭成员或访客的电子设备即为“接收端设备”。It should be understood that the virtual remote controller of any device that has been added in the smart remote control application can be used as the "virtual remote controller to be shared" introduced in the embodiment of this application. The "process of sharing the virtual remote control" in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as: the head user shares the virtual remote control of TV A or the virtual remote control of air conditioner B added on his mobile phone 100 with other family members or visitors. Electronic equipment, so that other family members or visitors can control A TV or B air conditioner through their own electronic equipment. In this process, the mobile phone 100 of the head user is the "sending device", and the electronic devices of other family members or visitors are the "receiving devices".
还应理解,在本申请实施例中,“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都满足前述介绍的电子设备具备的条件,例如“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都具有红外模块,例如红外线发射器和红外线接收器,可以发送或接收红外信号;且“发送端设备”和“接收端设备”都安装了同种类型的智能遥控应用。It should also be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, both the "sending device" and the "receiving device" meet the conditions of the electronic devices described above, for example, both the "sending device" and the "receiving device" have infrared modules, For example, an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver can send or receive infrared signals; and both the "sending device" and the "receiving device" are installed with the same type of smart remote control application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一例在手机上分享空调遥控器的过程示意图。Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,图5中的(a)图示出了手机的智能遥控应用的主界面501,该界面501上显示了A电视的图标和名称、B空调的图标和名称,表示手机的智能遥控应用已经添加的虚拟遥控器包括:A电视的虚拟遥控器和B空调的虚拟遥控器。Exemplarily, (a) in Fig. 5 shows the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and the icon and name of A TV and the icon and name of B air conditioner are displayed on the interface 501, indicating that the smart remote control of the mobile phone The virtual remote controls that have been added to the application include: A virtual remote control for TV and B air conditioner virtual remote control.
一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以在智能遥控应用的主界面501上,从已经添加的一个或多个设备的虚拟遥控器中,选择待分享的某个设备的虚拟遥控器,并触发该设备的虚拟遥控器的分享过程。In a possible implementation, the user can select a virtual remote controller of a device to be shared from the virtual remote controllers of one or more devices that have been added on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application, and trigger the The sharing process of the device's virtual remote control.
示例性的,当用户期望向接收端设备分享B空调的虚拟遥控器时,可以执行如图5中的(a)图所示的操作,长按B空调的图标,或者长按“B空调”名称的显示区域,响应于用户的长按操作,手机可以自动弹出操作窗口502-1,显示如图5中的(b)图所示的界面502。在该界面502的操作窗口502-1中,针对B空调的虚拟遥控器,为用户提供了多种可执行的操作选项,例如以下列举的几种可能的操作选项:Exemplarily, when the user wants to share the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner with the receiving device, the operation shown in (a) in FIG. In the name display area, in response to the user's long press operation, the mobile phone can automatically pop up an operation window 502-1, displaying an interface 502 as shown in (b) in FIG. 5 . In the operation window 502-1 of the interface 502, for the virtual remote controller of the B air conditioner, a variety of executable operation options are provided for the user, for example, several possible operation options listed below:
(1)“删除”选项,可以用于删除智能遥控应用中已添加的B空调的虚拟遥控器以及相关数据。如果用户点击删除选项后,智能遥控应用中删除已添加的B空调的虚拟遥控器,且在智能遥控应用的主界面501上将不再显示B空调的图标和B空调的名称。(1) The "Delete" option can be used to delete the virtual remote control and related data of the B air conditioner that have been added in the smart remote control application. If the user clicks the delete option, the added virtual remote of the B air conditioner will be deleted in the smart remote control application, and the icon of the B air conditioner and the name of the B air conditioner will no longer be displayed on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application.
(2)“重命名”选项,可以用于修改B空调的虚拟遥控器的名称。例如用户可以根 据B空调在家庭场景中的位置,将智能遥控应用的主界面501上空调图标下的名称“B空调”修改为“客厅空调”、“卧室空调”等。(2) The "Rename" option can be used to modify the name of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner. For example, the user can modify the name "B air conditioner" under the air conditioner icon on the main interface 501 of the smart remote application to "living room air conditioner", "bedroom air conditioner" etc. according to the location of the B air conditioner in the home scene.
(3)“置顶”选项,可以用于调整B空调的虚拟遥控器的显示位置。如果用户点击置顶选项后,在该智能遥控应用的主界面501上,“B空调的虚拟遥控器”可以和“A电视的虚拟遥控器”位置发生互换,即将B空调的图标和名称置顶显示在遥控器列表中的第一个位置。(3) The "Top" option can be used to adjust the display position of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner. If the user clicks on the top option, on the main interface 501 of the smart remote control application, the positions of "virtual remote control of air conditioner B" and "virtual remote control of TV A" can be exchanged, that is, the icon and name of air conditioner B will be displayed on top The first position in the list of remotes.
(4)“分享”选项,可以触发B空调的虚拟遥控器的分享过程。示例性的,当用户执行如图5中的(b)图所示的操作,点击“分享”选项,响应于用户的操作,触发手机进入B空调的虚拟遥控器的分享流程,手机可以显示如图5中的(c)图所示的虚拟遥控器的详情界面503,该界面503可以显示B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面的所有界面内容,例如,该界面503可以包括B空调的运行参数显示区域503-1和B空调的控制区域503-2,且该界面503上B空调的虚拟遥控器所包括的全部可操作的控件都为可被选择的状态。(4) The "Share" option can trigger the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner. Exemplarily, when the user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 5 and clicks on the "Share" option, in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone is triggered to enter the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the mobile phone can display the following: The details interface 503 of the virtual remote controller shown in (c) figure in Fig. 5, this interface 503 can display all interface content of the details interface of the virtual remote controller of B air conditioner, for example, this interface 503 can include the operating parameters of B air conditioner The display area 503-1 and the control area 503-2 of the air conditioner B are displayed, and all operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B on the interface 503 are selectable.
一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以根据当前的使用需求,在该界面503上,手动选择B空调的虚拟遥控器所包括的全部可操作的控件或者部分控件作为待分享的“目标控件”。In a possible implementation, the user can manually select all or some of the operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B as the "target controls" to be shared on the interface 503 according to the current usage requirements.
可选地,当用户执行如图5中的(b)图所示的操作,点击“分享”选项之后,触发手机显示该界面503时,该界面503上虚线框示出的控制区域503-2中每一个控件的图标都可以对应一个选择框,且每一个控件的选择框都呈现为“未选中状态”,即选择框呈现为空白状态。用户可以根据当前的需求,点击部分控件对应的选择框,将用户点击选中的控件确定为“目标控件”。应理解,用户选中的该“目标控件”是“待分享的虚拟遥控器”中包括的所有控件,用户没有选中的其他控件不作为“待分享的虚拟遥控器”的内容。Optionally, when the user executes the operation shown in Figure 5 (b) and clicks on the "Share" option to trigger the mobile phone to display the interface 503, the control area 503-2 shown in the dotted line box on the interface 503 The icon of each control in , can correspond to a selection box, and the selection box of each control is presented as "unselected state", that is, the selection box is presented as a blank state. The user can click the selection boxes corresponding to some controls according to the current needs, and determine the control selected by the user as the "target control". It should be understood that the "target control" selected by the user is all controls included in the "virtual remote control to be shared", and other controls not selected by the user are not included in the "virtual remote control to be shared".
示例性的,如图5中的(c)图所示,假设用户点击选中了增温控件21的选择框和降温控件23的选择框,手机的智能遥控应用可以将增温控件21和降温控件23确定为“目标控件”,即增温控件21和降温控件23将作为“待分享的虚拟遥控器”包括的内容,而开关控件22等其他的控件不作为“待分享的虚拟遥控器”的内容。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 5 (c), assuming that the user clicks and selects the selection box of the heating control 21 and the selection box of the cooling control 23, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can set the heating control 21 and the cooling control 23 is determined as the "target control", that is, the temperature-increasing control 21 and the cooling control 23 will be included as the content of the "virtual remote control to be shared", and other controls such as switch control 22 are not included in the "virtual remote control to be shared". content.
又一种可能的实现方式中,对于不同类型的设备,每一种类型的设备的虚拟遥控器对应的待分享的目标控件可以是所述目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件中预设的某些固定控件。例如,如果触发分享该设备的虚拟遥控器,该设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件都可以默认显示为被选中状态,即所有控件都可以作为目标控件。In yet another possible implementation, for different types of devices, the target control to be shared corresponding to the virtual remote controller of each type of device may be all controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device Some fixed controls by default. For example, if the virtual remote control of the device is triggered to be shared, all controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote control of the device may be displayed as selected by default, that is, all controls may be used as target controls.
示例性的,当用户执行如图5中的(b)图所示的操作,点击“分享”选项之后,触发分享B空调的虚拟遥控器的流程,且手机可以显示如图5中的(c)图所示的界面503,该界面503上虚线框示出的控制区域503-2中每一个控件的图标都可以对应一个选择框,且每一个控件的选择框都呈现为“被选中状态”,即选择框中呈现为黑色填充且包括选中符号“∨”。该场景可以理解为:分享B空调的虚拟遥控器时,默认将B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面中包括的全部控件都作为待分享的“目标控件”。Exemplarily, when the user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 5 and clicks on the "Share" option, the process of sharing the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner is triggered, and the mobile phone can display (c) in Figure 5 ) shown in the interface 503, the icon of each control in the control area 503-2 shown by the dotted line box on the interface 503 can correspond to a selection box, and the selection box of each control is presented as "selected state" , that is, the selection box is filled with black and includes the check symbol "∨". This scenario can be understood as: when sharing the virtual remote control of air conditioner B, all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote control of air conditioner B are taken as the "target controls" to be shared by default.
可选地,用户可以根据当前的需求,点击部分控件对应的选择框以取消该部分控件的分享,将剩余未点击取消仍然呈现为“被选中状态”的控件确定为“目标控件”。Optionally, according to the current needs, the user can click the selection box corresponding to some controls to cancel the sharing of this part of the controls, and determine the remaining controls that are still in the "selected state" without clicking the cancellation as "target controls".
示例性的,如果该界面503中每一个控件的选择框都为“被选中状态”,用户可以点击开关控件22的选择框、工作模式控件24的选择框、风速控件25的选择框、风向控件26的选择框、扫风控件27的选择框进行取消,将剩余未点击取消仍然呈现为“被选中状 态”的增温控件21和降温控件23确定为“目标控件”。Exemplarily, if the selection box of each control in the interface 503 is "selected", the user can click the selection box of the switch control 22, the selection box of the working mode control 24, the selection box of the wind speed control 25, and the wind direction control The selection box of 26 and the selection box of the sweeping control 27 are canceled, and the temperature increase control 21 and the cooling control 23 that are not clicked and canceled and still present as "selected state" are determined as "target controls".
通过上述方式,根据不同场景下,其他家庭成员或访客使用遥控器控制设备的需求,用户可以仅将该设备的虚拟遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备,便于其他家庭成员或访客可以通过分享的部分控件对该设备进行控制。Through the above method, according to the needs of other family members or visitors to use the remote control to control the device in different scenarios, the user can only share some of the controls included in the virtual remote control of the device with the receiving device, so that other family members or visitors can Control the device through some shared controls.
此外,在该实现方式中,仅为接收端设备分享了该设备遥控器中的部分控件,换言之,仅将该设备的部分控制权限(操作权限)开放给其他家庭成员或访客,可以限制其他家庭成员或访客对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。In addition, in this implementation, only some of the controls in the remote control of the device are shared with the receiving device. In other words, only part of the control authority (operating authority) of the device is opened to other family members or visitors, which can restrict the control of other family members. Members or visitors have control over the device, avoiding potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
例如,家长一般会限制儿童每天看电视的时长以及限制儿童观看的节目内容,家长可以隐藏电视的实体遥控器,在手机的智能遥控应用中添加电视的虚拟遥控器,并控制在每天固定时段内为儿童开启电视,仅仅将电视的虚拟遥控器的音量调整控件分享给儿童的电子设备,儿童仅可以调整电视播放的音量,而无法切换频道或者更换播放的节目内容,从而控制儿童对电视的使用权限。For example, parents generally limit the length of time children watch TV every day and the content of programs that children watch. Parents can hide the physical remote control of the TV, add a virtual remote control of the TV to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and control it within a fixed period of time every day. Turn on the TV for children, and only share the volume adjustment control of the virtual remote control of the TV with the children's electronic devices. Children can only adjust the volume of the TV, but cannot switch channels or change the content of the program played, thereby controlling children's use of the TV authority.
可选地,每一个控件对应的选择框可以位于该控件图标的右下角、左下角、右上角、左上角,或者位于该控件图标正下方位置,或者位于该控件图标显示区域的几何中心并覆盖该控件,位于该控件的上一个显示图层。Optionally, the selection box corresponding to each control can be located in the lower right corner, lower left corner, upper right corner, upper left corner of the control icon, or located directly below the control icon, or located in the geometric center of the display area of the control icon and covering The control is located on the previous display layer of the control.
示例性的,如图5中的(c)图所示,增温控件21的选择框位于增温控件21的右下角,工作模式控件24的选择框位于工作模式控件24的正下方,本申请实施例对每个控件对应的选择框的显示位置不作限定。Exemplarily, as shown in (c) figure in FIG. The embodiment does not limit the display position of the selection box corresponding to each control.
可选地,在用户选择待分享的虚拟遥控器的目标控件时,还可以设置待分享的虚拟遥控器(或“目标控件”)在接收端设备上可用的有效时长。Optionally, when the user selects the target control of the virtual remote control to be shared, the effective duration of the virtual remote control (or "target control") to be shared on the receiving device can also be set.
示例性的,在图5中的(c)图所示的界面503上,还可以包括定时控件503-3。用户可以通过“定时控件503-3”设置待分享的B空调的虚拟遥控器在接收端设备上可用的有效时长,即增温控件21和降温控件23在接收端设备上可用的有效时长。Exemplarily, on the interface 503 shown in (c) of FIG. 5, a timing control 503-3 may also be included. The user can set the effective duration of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner to be shared on the receiving end device through the "timing control 503-3", that is, the effective duration of the warming control 21 and cooling control 23 available on the receiving end device.
可选地,该“定时控件503-3”显示的初始值可以为00时00分00秒,用户可以手动修改到自己期望的有效时长,例如用户修改该“定时控件503-3”显示02时00分00秒。或者,用户也可以不修改,维持该“定时控件503-3”一直显示初始值00时00分00秒。当用户执行如图5中的(c)图所示的操作,点击“确认”控件时,如果该“定时控件503-3”显示00时00分00秒,可以理解为:不限制待分享的B空调的虚拟遥控器在接收端设备上可用的有效时长。Optionally, the initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" can be 00:00:00, and the user can manually modify it to the desired effective duration, for example, the user modifies the "timing control 503-3" to display 02 hours 00 minutes and 00 seconds. Alternatively, the user may not modify it, and maintain the "timer control 503-3" to always display the initial value of 00:00:00. When the user performs the operation shown in (c) in Figure 5 and clicks on the "Confirm" control, if the "timing control 503-3" displays 00:00:00, it can be understood as: there is no limit to the content to be shared. B The effective duration of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner available on the receiving device.
或者,该“定时控件503-3”显示的初始值可以对应预设的固定时长,例如该“定时控件503-3”显示的初始值默认为01时00分00秒,即待分享的B空调的虚拟遥控器在接收端设备上可用的有效时长为1小时。用户可以手动修改“定时控件503-3”显示的有效时长,将预设的固定时长修改为符合当前使用需求的时长,此处不再赘述。Alternatively, the initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" may correspond to a preset fixed duration, for example, the default initial value displayed by the "timing control 503-3" is 01:00:00, that is, the B air conditioner to be shared The effective duration of the virtual remote control available on the receiving device is 1 hour. The user can manually modify the effective duration displayed by the "timer control 503-3", and modify the preset fixed duration to a duration that meets the current usage requirements, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,用户从发送端设备向接收端设备分享的虚拟遥控器(或“目标控件”)可以对应预设的有效范围。该“预设的有效范围”可以取决于红外信号在设备之间传输时,对应的最大传输距离。Optionally, the virtual remote control (or "target control") shared by the user from the sending device to the receiving device may correspond to a preset effective range. The "preset effective range" may depend on the corresponding maximum transmission distance when infrared signals are transmitted between devices.
示例性的,如果红外信号在设备之间传输时,从红外发射器到红外接收器之间的最大传输距离为10米,那么手机上生成的待分享的B空调的虚拟遥控器(或增温控件21和降温控件23)对应的有效范围为:以B空调为中心,小于或等于10米的范围,本申请实施 例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, if the infrared signal is transmitted between devices, and the maximum transmission distance from the infrared emitter to the infrared receiver is 10 meters, then the virtual remote control (or temperature increaser) of the B air conditioner to be shared generated on the mobile phone The effective range corresponding to the control 21 and the cooling control 23) is: a range less than or equal to 10 meters from the air conditioner B as the center, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
当用户按照当前的使用需求,选中了增温控件21和降温控件23为“目标控件”,且设置“定时控件503-3”中显示的有效时长为2小时之后,可以执行如图5中的(c)图所示的操作,点击“确认”控件,响应于用户的确认操作,手机恢复显示如图5中的(d)图所示的智能遥控应用的主界面504,且在该界面504自动弹出分享窗口504-1。When the user selects the temperature increase control 21 and the temperature decrease control 23 as the "target control" according to the current usage requirements, and sets the effective duration displayed in the "timing control 503-3" to 2 hours, the user can execute the control shown in Figure 5. (c) For the operation shown in Figure 5, click the "Confirm" control, and in response to the user's confirmation operation, the mobile phone resumes displaying the main interface 504 of the smart remote control application as shown in Figure 5 (d), and in this interface 504 A sharing window 504-1 pops up automatically.
可选地,在该分享窗口504-1中,可以显示待分享的文件名称:“B空调遥控器”。该分享窗口504-1还可以为用户提供多种可能的分享方式,例如华为分享(HuaweiShare)的方式、通过WLAN直连通道进行分享的方式、蓝牙分享的方式和通过移动数据分享的方式等。Optionally, in the sharing window 504-1, the name of the file to be shared may be displayed: "B air conditioner remote control". The sharing window 504-1 can also provide users with multiple possible sharing methods, such as Huawei Share, sharing via WLAN direct channel, Bluetooth sharing, and mobile data sharing.
应理解,除了上述列举的华为分享(HuaweiShare)等多种分享方式之外,该“B空调遥控器的文件”还可以通过微博、微信、短信、信息、电子邮件等社交软件路径,发送到接收端设备,本申请实施例对“该B空调遥控器的文件”的分享方式不作限定。It should be understood that, in addition to the above-mentioned multiple sharing methods such as Huawei Share, the "B air conditioner remote control file" can also be sent to For the receiving end device, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sharing method of "the file of the B air conditioner remote control".
还应理解,当用户执行如图5中的(c)图所示的操作,点击“确认”控件之后,手机的智能遥控应用可以确定用户点击选中的“目标控件”的信息,例如“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息。具体地,手机的智能遥控应用可以从表3包括的所有控件的信息中获取“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息,即表3中列举的“增温控件21”和“降温控件23”分别对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息中的部分信息或全部信息。It should also be understood that when the user performs the operation shown in (c) in Figure 5 and clicks the "Confirm" control, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can determine the information of the "target control" selected by the user, such as "heating control". Control 21" and "Cool Down Control 23". Specifically, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can obtain the information of the "heating control 21" and the information of the "cooling control 23" from the information of all the controls included in Table 3, that is, the "heating control 21" and the "cooling control 23" listed in Table 3. The "cooling control 23" corresponds to some or all of the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information.
一种可能的实现方式中,手机的智能遥控应用从表3包括的所有控件的信息中获取了“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息之后,可以根据“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息生成“B空调遥控器的文件”,或者称为“待分享的文件”,即前述的“待分享的虚拟遥控器”对应的内容。In a possible implementation, after the smart remote control application of the mobile phone obtains the information of the "heating control 21" and the information of the "cooling control 23" from the information of all controls included in Table 3, it can The information of " and the information of " cooling control 23 " generate " file of remote control of B air conditioner ", or be called " file to be shared ", namely aforementioned " virtual remote control to be shared " corresponding content.
应理解,表3示出了B空调的虚拟遥控器包括的所有控件的信息,在本申请实施例中,根据用户选择的“目标控件”,生成的“B空调遥控器的文件”仅包括用户选中的待分享的“目标控件”的信息。具体地,该“B空调遥控器的文件”可以包括B空调的虚拟遥控器的ID的信息,用户选中的“增温控件21”和“降温控件23”分别对应的控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息中的部分信息或全部信息,而不包括开关控件22等其他控件的信息。It should be understood that Table 3 shows the information of all controls included in the virtual remote control of air conditioner B. In the embodiment of this application, according to the "target control" selected by the user, the generated "file of remote control of air conditioner B" only includes the user's The information of the selected "target control" to be shared. Specifically, the "B air conditioner remote control file" may include the ID information of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the control IDs, control symbols, and control IDs corresponding to the "heating control 21" and "cooling control 23" selected by the user, respectively. code value, control protocol and other information, but does not include the switch control 22 and other control information.
可选地,生成的该“B空调遥控器的文件”还可以包括用户设置的有效时长(例如2小时)的信息和/或有效范围的信息。其中,有效时长的信息、有效范围的信息都可以通过特殊字段来标识。Optionally, the generated "B air conditioner remote control file" may also include information about the effective duration (for example, 2 hours) and/or information about the effective range set by the user. Among them, the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields.
一种可能的情况中,在手机向接收端设备分享遥控器的过程中,如果B空调当前处于运行状态,那么该“B空调遥控器的文件”还可以包括B空调当前的运行参数信息。In a possible situation, when the mobile phone shares the remote control with the receiving device, if the B air conditioner is currently running, the "B air conditioner remote control file" may also include the current operating parameter information of the B air conditioner.
示例性的,如图5中的(c)图所示,“B空调当前的运行参数信息”可以包括如图5中的(c)图所示的运行参数显示区域503-1中显示的B空调当前的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等与B空调运行相关的参数信息。Exemplarily, as shown in (c) in FIG. 5, the "current operating parameter information of B air conditioner" may include the B displayed in the operating parameter display area 503-1 as shown in (c) in FIG. The current wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24°C) of the air conditioner and other parameter information related to the operation of the B air conditioner.
另一种可能的情况中,在手机向接收端设备分享遥控器的过程中,如果B空调当前处于非运行状态(关闭状态),该“B空调遥控器的文件”还可以包括和当前最接近的前一次用户通过手机的B空调的虚拟遥控器为B空调设置的运行参数信息,例如前一次为B 空调设置的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度等参数信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible situation, during the process of the mobile phone sharing the remote control with the receiving device, if the B air conditioner is currently in a non-running state (off state), the "B air conditioner remote control file" can also include the file that is closest to the current one. The operating parameter information set by the user for the B air conditioner through the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner on the mobile phone last time, such as the wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode, and target temperature parameter information set for the B air conditioner last time, the embodiment of the present application There is no limit to this.
可选地,该“B空调遥控器的文件”可以具有不同生成方式,本申请实施例对待分享的“B空调遥控器的文件”的类型和生成过程不作限定。Optionally, the "file of the remote control of the air conditioner B" may be generated in different ways, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type and generation process of the "file of the remote control of the air conditioner B" to be shared.
示例性的,当用户在手机的智能遥控应用分享B空调的虚拟遥控器时,智能遥控应用就可以新建属于B空调的虚拟遥控器对应的数据集合,该数据集合中包括B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面上所有控件对应的信息。例如,该数据集合可以包括表3中列举的所有内容,还可以包括B空调的标识、文件名称等信息。Exemplarily, when the user shares the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner with the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, the smart remote control application can create a data set corresponding to the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, and the data set includes the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner Information corresponding to all controls on the details interface. For example, the data set may include all the contents listed in Table 3, and may also include information such as the identification and file name of the B air conditioner.
当智能遥控应用确定了该“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的信息或内容之后,可以根据包括的信息或内容生成该“B空调遥控器的文件”。例如,该文件可以是新建文件,将上述列举的“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息、以及有效时长对应的字段信息等写入该新建文件。此外,该新建文件还可以携带接收端设备的智能遥控应用的应用标识,例如文件后缀为.ykq,该“B空调遥控器的文件”可以自动命名为“B空调.ykq”,本申请实施例对此不作限定。After the smart remote control application determines the information or content contained in the "B air conditioner remote control file", the "B air conditioner remote control file" may be generated according to the included information or content. For example, the file may be a newly created file, and the information of the "increasing temperature control 21" and the "cooling control 23" listed above, as well as the field information corresponding to the effective duration, etc. are written into the newly created file. In addition, the newly created file can also carry the application identification of the smart remote control application of the receiving device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq, and the "B air conditioner remote control file" can be automatically named "B air conditioner.ykq". There is no limit to this.
继续地,假设用户执行如图5中的(d)图所示的操作,点击该分享窗口504-1中的“华为分享(HuaweiShare)”选项,手机可以进一步显示如图5中的(e)图所示的界面505,该界面505中的窗口505-1中显示了手机搜索到的一个或多个近场设备,即可以通过华为分享(HuaweiShare)的方式发送该“B空调遥控器的文件”的其他设备。如果手机的设备名称为HuaweiMate30,手机搜索到的一个或多个近场设备可以包括Mate40、MateBook、访客手机等。Continuing, assuming that the user performs the operation shown in (d) in Figure 5, and clicks the "Huawei Share (HuaweiShare)" option in the sharing window 504-1, the mobile phone can further display (e) in Figure 5 In the interface 505 shown in the figure, the window 505-1 in the interface 505 displays one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone, that is, the file of the "B air conditioner remote control" can be sent through Huawei Share. " other devices. If the device name of the mobile phone is HuaweiMate30, the one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone may include Mate40, MateBook, visitor mobile phone, etc.
用户可以根据自己的需求,从搜索到的一个或多个近场设备中选择“接收端设备”,从而将生成的该“B空调遥控器的文件”发送给接收端设备。示例性的,用户执行如图5中的(e)图所示的操作,点击访客手机的图标,响应于用户的操作,手机可以将该“B空调遥控器的文件”(例如:B空调.ykq)发送给访客手机。The user can select a "receiving device" from one or more searched near-field devices according to his own needs, so as to send the generated "B air conditioner remote control file" to the receiving device. Exemplarily, the user performs the operation shown in (e) in Figure 5, clicks the icon of the visitor's mobile phone, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone can use the "B air conditioner remote control file" (for example: B air conditioner. ykq) to the visitor's mobile phone.
可选地,手机的智能遥控应用可以对新建的“B空调遥控器的文件”(例如:B空调.ykq)进行加密后,再发送给访客手机,以提高家庭设备在使用过程的安全性。Optionally, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can encrypt the newly created "B air conditioner remote control file" (for example: B air conditioner.ykq), and then send it to the visitor's mobile phone, so as to improve the security of the home device during use.
示例性的,新建文件的加密密钥可以是与智能遥控应用相关的密钥,接收端的访客手机收到该“B空调遥控器的文件”(例如:B空调.ykq)之后,可以根据文件的应用标识确定是智能遥控应用对应的文件,进一步调用并运行访客手机的智能遥控应用,智能遥控应用可以解密获取并运行该“B空调遥控器的文件”,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the encryption key of the newly created file may be a key related to the smart remote control application. After receiving the "B air conditioner remote control file" (for example: B air conditioner.ykq), the visitor's mobile phone at the receiving end can The application identification is determined to be the file corresponding to the smart remote control application, and the smart remote control application on the visitor's mobile phone is further invoked and run. The smart remote control application can decrypt, obtain and run the "B air conditioner remote control file", which will not be repeated here.
另一种可能的实现方式中,用户可以在某个设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面上,选择该界面上的部分控件或全部控件,触发该设备的虚拟遥控器的分享过程。In another possible implementation, the user can select some controls or all controls on the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of a certain device to trigger the sharing process of the virtual remote control of the device.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一例在手机上分享空调遥控器的过程示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of the process of sharing an air conditioner remote control on a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,图6中的(a)图示出了手机的智能遥控应用的主界面601,该界面601上显示了已经添加的虚拟遥控器对应的设备图标和名称,例如A电视的图标和名称、B空调的图标和名称。当用户期望向接收端设备分享B空调的虚拟遥控器时,可以执行如图6中的(a)图所示的操作,点击B空调的图标,或者点击“B空调”名称的显示区域,响应于用户的点击操作,手机可以显示如图6中的(b)图所示的B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面602,该界面602上显示了B空调当前的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度 等运行参数,以及B空调的虚拟遥控器所包括的全部可操作的控件,例如增温控件21、开关控件22、降温控件23、工作模式控件24、风速控件25、风向控件26、扫风控件27。Exemplarily, (a) in FIG. 6 shows the main interface 601 of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, and the interface 601 displays the device icon and name corresponding to the virtual remote control that has been added, such as the icon of TV A and Name, icon and name of B air conditioner. When the user wants to share the virtual remote control of air conditioner B with the receiving device, he can perform the operation shown in (a) in Figure 6, click the icon of air conditioner B, or click the display area of the name "air conditioner B", and respond Based on the user's click operation, the mobile phone can display the detailed interface 602 of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B as shown in (b) in Figure 6. This interface 602 shows the current wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, and cooling of the air conditioner B Operating parameters such as mode and target temperature, and all operable controls included in the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, such as temperature increase control 21, switch control 22, temperature drop control 23, working mode control 24, wind speed control 25, and wind direction control 26 27. Sweeping wind control.
可选地,用户可以对B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面602上所包括的全部可操作的控件中的任意一个控件,执行选中且长按的操作,响应于用户的长按操作,触发B空调的虚拟遥控器的分享过程。Optionally, the user can select and hold any one of all operable controls included on the detailed interface 602 of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B, and perform a long-press operation, and trigger B in response to the long-press operation of the user. The sharing process of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner.
示例性的,用户可以执行如图6中的(b)图所示的操作,选中并长按“降温控件23”,当手机检测到用户当前的操作为长按操作时,响应于用户的长按操作,手机可以显示如图6中的(c)图所示的界面603。在该界面603上,每一个控件的图标都可以对应一个选择框,且每一个控件的选择框都呈现为“未选中状态”,即选择框呈现为空白状态。用户可以根据当前的需求,点击部分控件对应的选择框,手机可以将用户点击选中的控件确定为“目标控件”。Exemplarily, the user can perform the operation shown in Figure 6 (b), select and long press the "cooling control 23", when the mobile phone detects that the user's current operation is a long press operation, in response to the user's long press According to the operation, the mobile phone can display an interface 603 as shown in (c) of FIG. 6 . On the interface 603, the icon of each control may correspond to a selection box, and the selection box of each control is in an "unselected state", that is, the selection box is in a blank state. The user can click the selection boxes corresponding to some controls according to the current needs, and the mobile phone can determine the control selected by the user as the "target control".
如图6中的(c)图所示,假设用户点击选中了增温控件21的选择框和降温控件23的选择框,且设置待分享的虚拟遥控器(或“目标控件”)在接收端设备上可用的有效时长为02时00分00秒。用户再执行如图6中的(c)图所示的操作,点击“分享”控件,响应于用户的操作,手机的智能遥控应用可以将增温控件21和降温控件23确定为“目标控件”,获取并根据表3中列举的“增温控件21”的信息和“降温控件23”的信息,生成“B空调遥控器的文件”,或者称为“待分享的文件”。As shown in (c) figure in Fig. 6, assume that the user clicks and selects the selection box of the warming control 21 and the selection box of the cooling control 23, and sets the virtual remote controller (or "target control") to be shared at the receiving end The valid duration available on the device is 02:00:00. The user then performs the operation shown in (c) in Figure 6, clicks the "Share" control, and in response to the user's operation, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can determine the temperature increase control 21 and the temperature decrease control 23 as "target controls" , obtain and generate “B air conditioner remote control file” or “file to be shared” according to the information of “increasing control 21” and information of “cooling control 23” listed in Table 3.
应理解,该界面603上每个控件对应的选择框的显示、有效时长的显示和设置等可能的实现过程,以及“B空调遥控器的文件”可能包括的信息和内容、用户执行的操作等,请参照图5中的相关介绍,为了简便,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the display of the selection box corresponding to each control on the interface 603, the display and setting of the effective duration, and other possible implementation processes, as well as the information and content that may be included in the "B air conditioner remote control file" and the operations performed by the user, etc. , please refer to the relevant introduction in FIG. 5 , for the sake of brevity, details will not be repeated here.
当手机的智能遥控应用生成了“B空调遥控器的文件”之后,手机可以显示如图6中的(d)图所示的界面604,且在该界面604自动弹出分享窗口604-1。继续地,假设用户执行如图6中的(d)图所示的操作,点击该分享窗口604-1中的“华为分享(HuaweiShare)”选项,手机可以进一步显示如图6中的(e)图所示的界面605,该界面605中的窗口605-1中显示了手机搜索到的一个或多个近场设备,例如Mate40、MateBook、访客手机等。用户可以根据自己的需求,点击访客手机的图标,响应于用户的操作,手机可以将该“B空调遥控器的文件”发送给访客手机。After the smart remote control application of the mobile phone generates the "B air conditioner remote control file", the mobile phone can display an interface 604 as shown in (d) of Figure 6, and a sharing window 604-1 will automatically pop up on the interface 604. Continuing, assuming that the user performs the operation shown in (d) in Figure 6, and clicks the "Huawei Share (HuaweiShare)" option in the sharing window 604-1, the mobile phone can further display the (e) in Figure 6 In the interface 605 shown in the figure, the window 605-1 in the interface 605 displays one or more near-field devices searched by the mobile phone, such as Mate40, MateBook, visitor's mobile phone and so on. The user can click the icon of the visitor's mobile phone according to his own needs, and in response to the user's operation, the mobile phone can send the "B air conditioner remote control file" to the visitor's mobile phone.
上述实施例结合图5和图6所示的过程,以户主用户的手机作为发送端设备,以访客手机作为接收端设备,将包括部分控件或全部控件的信息的“B空调遥控器的文件”分享给访客手机。相应地,在访客手机的显示屏上,可以弹出接收窗口,该接收窗口可以供用户选择是否接收手机发送的“B空调遥控器的文件”。The above-mentioned embodiment combines the process shown in Figure 5 and Figure 6, with the mobile phone of the head of the household user as the sending end device, and the visitor's mobile phone as the receiving end device, the "B air conditioner remote control file" including the information of some controls or all controls Share to visitor's mobile phone. Correspondingly, on the display screen of the visitor's mobile phone, a receiving window can pop up, and the receiving window can be used for the user to choose whether to receive the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the mobile phone.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一例接收端设备接收手机分享的遥控器的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of receiving a remote control shared by a mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
假设用户在图5中的(e)图或图6中的(e)图所示的操作,选择“访客手机”作为“接收端设备”,且该访客手机也安装了和发送端设备(手机100)同类型的智能遥控应用。Assume that the user selects the "visitor mobile phone" as the "receiving end device" in the operation shown in (e) in Figure 5 or (e) in Figure 6, and the visitor's mobile phone is also installed with the sending end device (mobile phone) 100) The same type of smart remote control application.
示例性的,当用户执行图5中的(e)图或图6中的(e)图所示的操作,选中访客手机,响应于与用户的操作,发送端设备(手机100)可以开始基于华为分享(HuaweiShare)的方式,调用发送端设备的蓝牙模块,通过蓝牙通道向接收端设备发送“B空调遥控器的文件”。Exemplarily, when the user performs the operation shown in (e) in FIG. 5 or (e) in FIG. Huawei Share (HuaweiShare) method calls the bluetooth module of the sending end device, and sends the "B air conditioner remote control file" to the receiving end device through the bluetooth channel.
一种可能的实现方式中,当接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的“B空调遥控器的文件”之后,可以以自动弹窗的方式,提示用户是否选择接收。和/或,可以在显示屏顶端的状态栏显示提示图标、文字提示信息等,用户可以通过下拉操作查看该提示并选择是否接收。和/或,接收端设备可以发出“嘀嘀…”等预设的提示音,提示用户是否选择接收发送端设备发送的“B空调遥控器的文件”,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In a possible implementation, after receiving the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending device, the receiving device may automatically pop up a window to prompt the user whether to choose to receive it. And/or, a prompt icon, a text prompt message, etc. may be displayed on the status bar at the top of the display screen, and the user may check the prompt and choose whether to accept it through a pull-down operation. And/or, the receiving end device may emit a preset prompt sound such as "beep..." to prompt the user whether to choose to receive the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending end device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,当接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的“B空调遥控器的文件”之后,可以显示如图7中的(a)图所示的界面701,在当前显示屏的显示界面上自动弹出提示窗口701-1,该提示窗口701-1中可以包括提示信息:HuaweiMate30想给您分享B空调的遥控器,是否接收。应理解,接收端设备当前显示屏的显示界面701不限于是该接收端设备的主界面或者任意一款应用程序的运行界面等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, after receiving the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending device, the receiving device may display an interface 701 as shown in (a) in Figure 7, on the display interface of the current display screen A prompt window 701-1 pops up automatically, and the prompt window 701-1 may include prompt information: Huawei Mate 30 wants to share the remote control of the B air conditioner with you, whether to accept it. It should be understood that the display interface 701 of the current display screen of the receiving end device is not limited to be the main interface of the receiving end device or the running interface of any application program, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
如图7中的(a)图所示,用户可以点击“接收”控件,响应于用户的确认接收操作,接收端设备可以根据接收的“B空调遥控器的文件”,例如根据“B空调遥控器的文件”的文件类型或文件对应的应用包名等信息,触发运行智能遥控应用,且通过智能遥控应用获取“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的内容。As shown in (a) in Figure 7, the user can click the "Receive" control, and in response to the user's confirmation of the receiving operation, the receiving device can receive the "B air conditioner remote control file", for example, according to the "B air conditioner remote control file" Information such as the file type or the application package name corresponding to the file, triggers the operation of the smart remote control application, and obtains the content included in the "B air conditioner remote control file" through the smart remote control application.
又一种可能的实现方式中,结合前述的相关介绍,该“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的内容具有多种可能的情况。接收端设备可以根据该“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的不同内容,确定B空调的虚拟遥控器在接收端设备的显示屏上可能呈现的显示界面。In yet another possible implementation manner, in combination with the aforementioned related introductions, the content included in the "B air conditioner remote control file" has multiple possible situations. The receiving end device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner may present on the display screen of the receiving end device according to different contents contained in the "B air conditioner remote control file".
可选地,当“B空调遥控器的文件”包括B空调的虚拟遥控器的ID的信息、用户选中的“增温控件21”和“降温控件23”分别对应的控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等中部分信息或全部信息,以及B空调当前的运行参数信息时,接收端设备可以根据获取的“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的上述内容,确定B空调的虚拟遥控器可以显示如图7中的(b)图所示的界面702。Optionally, when the "B air conditioner remote control file" includes the ID information of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner, the control IDs, control symbols, and control IDs corresponding to the "heating control 21" and "cooling control 23" selected by the user code value, control protocol, etc., as well as the current operating parameter information of B air conditioner, the receiving device can determine the virtual remote control of B air conditioner according to the above content included in the acquired "B air conditioner remote control file". An interface 702 as shown in (b) of FIG. 7 may be displayed.
具体地,如图7中的(b)图所示,该界面702为发送端设备发送的B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面,因此该界面702的标题名称可以显示为“HuaweiMate30的B空调”。其次,根据获取的“B空调遥控器的文件”包括的B空调当前的运行参数信息,在该界面702上还可以显示风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等与B空调当前运行相关的参数。此外,该界面702上还显示了可接收用户操作的“增温控件21”和“降温控件23”,即户主用户将控制B空调工作温度高低的权限,开放给接收端设备。Specifically, as shown in (b) of Figure 7, the interface 702 is the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner sent by the sending device, so the title of the interface 702 can be displayed as "B air conditioner of HuaweiMate30" . Secondly, according to the current operating parameter information of B air conditioner included in the acquired "B air conditioner remote control file", the interface 702 can also display wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24°C), etc. Parameters related to the current operation of the air conditioner. In addition, the interface 702 also displays the "heating control 21" and "cooling control 23" that can receive user operations, that is, the head user will open the authority to control the working temperature of the B air conditioner to the receiving device.
当用户执行如图7中的(b)图所示的操作,点击“返回”控件,响应于用户的返回操作,接收端设备返回显示如图7中的(c)图所示的智能遥控应用主界面703。假设接收端设备的智能遥控应用之前没有添加任何设备的虚拟遥控器,当接收到发送端设备发送的“B空调遥控器的文件”之后,可以在智能遥控应用主界面703上添加B空调的虚拟遥控器,并显示B空调的图标和遥控器名称。When the user performs the operation shown in (b) in Figure 7 and clicks the "return" control, in response to the user's return operation, the receiving end device returns to display the smart remote control application as shown in (c) in Figure 7 Main interface 703 . Assuming that the smart remote control application of the receiving end device has not added any virtual remote control of the device before, after receiving the "B air conditioner remote control file" sent by the sending end device, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner can be added on the main interface 703 of the smart remote control application. remote control, and display the icon of air conditioner B and the name of the remote control.
另一种可能的实现方式中,对于每一个电子设备,根据该电子设备的智能遥控应用主界面703上显示的虚拟遥控器的不同来源或不同添加方式,该智能遥控应用主界面703上显示的虚拟遥控器的名称可以不同。In another possible implementation, for each electronic device, according to the different sources or different adding methods of the virtual remote displayed on the smart remote application main interface 703 of the electronic device, the virtual remote displayed on the smart remote application main interface 703 The name of the virtual remote can be different.
示例性的,与图5中的(a)图所示的界面501或图6中的(a)图所示的界面601进行对比,界面501或界面601上的“A电视的虚拟遥控器”和“B空调的虚拟遥控器”都是用户在发送端设备(手机100)上添加并配对的,图7中的(c)图所示的界面703上显 示的虚拟遥控器来源于发送端设备(手机100)的分享,因此,针对来源于其他发送端设备发送的虚拟遥控器,名称可以既包含该虚拟遥控器的来源:HuaweiMate30(发送端设备),又包含该虚拟遥控器可以控制的家庭设备为“B空调”,即界面703上显示为“HuaweiMate30的B空调”,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, compared with the interface 501 shown in (a) of FIG. 5 or the interface 601 shown in (a) of FIG. Both "virtual remote control of B air conditioner" are added and paired by the user on the sending end device (mobile phone 100), and the virtual remote control displayed on the interface 703 shown in (c) of Figure 7 comes from the sending end device (Mobile phone 100), therefore, for the virtual remote control sent by other sending end devices, the name can include both the source of the virtual remote control: HuaweiMate30 (sending end device), and the family that the virtual remote control can control The device is "B air conditioner", that is, "B air conditioner of Huawei Mate30" is displayed on the interface 703, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的实现方式中,接收端设备接收的该“B空调遥控器的文件”还可以包括用户设置的有效时长。相应地,当接收端设备接收到该“B空调遥控器的文件”时,以接收时刻为起始时刻,有效时长对应的时段内,该B空调的虚拟遥控器可以正常使用。In yet another possible implementation manner, the "B air conditioner remote control file" received by the receiving end device may also include the effective duration set by the user. Correspondingly, when the receiver device receives the "file of remote control of air conditioner B", the virtual remote control of air conditioner B can be used normally within the time period corresponding to the effective duration starting from the receiving time.
可选地,接收端设备可以在图7中的(b)图所示的界面702和/或图7中的(c)图所示的界面703上显示该B空调的虚拟遥控器的可用有效时长,例如以倒计时的方式提醒用户有效时长的剩余时间,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the receiving end device may display the available and valid virtual remote controller of the B air conditioner on the interface 702 shown in (b) in FIG. 7 and/or the interface 703 shown in (c) in FIG. 7 . The duration, for example, reminds the user of the remaining time of the effective duration in a countdown manner, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如果用户设置的有效时长为2小时,在图7中的(c)图所示的界面703上,B空调的虚拟遥控器的名称显示区域中还可以显示:有效时长的倒计时,例如【01:59:59】。Exemplarily, if the effective duration set by the user is 2 hours, on the interface 703 shown in (c) of FIG. For example [01:59:59].
再一种可能的实现方式中,以接收端设备接收到该“B空调遥控器的文件”的时刻为起始时刻,大于该有效时长或超过该有效时长对应的时段范围时,接收端设备的智能遥控应用中B空调的虚拟遥控器为失效状态。In yet another possible implementation, the receiving end device receives the "B air conditioner remote control file" as the starting time, and when it is greater than the effective duration or exceeds the time period corresponding to the effective duration, the receiving end device's In the smart remote control application, the virtual remote control of B air conditioner is disabled.
可选地,当B空调的虚拟遥控器为失效状态时,在接收端设备的智能遥控应用主界面703上,该B空调的虚拟遥控器的图标和名称可以呈现为灰色不可用的状态,例如用户无法点击或者不响应用户的点击操作。Optionally, when the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B is disabled, on the main interface 703 of the smart remote control application of the receiver device, the icon and name of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B may be grayed out, for example The user cannot click or does not respond to the user's click.
或者,当B空调的虚拟遥控器为失效状态时,该智能遥控应用主界面703上自动删除该B空调的虚拟遥控器的图标和名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Or, when the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B is disabled, the icon and name of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B are automatically deleted on the main interface 703 of the smart remote control application, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
综上所述,本申请提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,能够将发送端设备智能遥控应用中已添加的设备遥控器的信息,通过多种可能的方式分享给接收端设备;接收端设备可以根据接收的设备遥控器的信息,在智能遥控应用中自动添加该设备遥控器。对于多个用户期望控制同一个设备的场景,当实体遥控器数量限制或无法找到实体遥控器的情况时,该方法可以将某一个用户的手机等电子设备上已添加的该设备遥控器,分别发送给不同用户的电子设备,摆脱了用户控制设备的过程对实体遥控器的依赖,为多个用户控制同一个设备提供了便利;同时,避免每个用户都需要在自己的手机等电子设备上添加该设备遥控器、以及进行控件学习的繁琐过程,优化了不同用户使用手机等电子设备控制设备的流程,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求,提高了用户的使用体验。To sum up, the method for sharing the remote control between devices provided by this application can share the information of the remote control of the device added in the smart remote control application of the sending device to the receiving device in a variety of possible ways; The device can automatically add the device remote control in the smart remote control application according to the received information of the device remote control. For scenarios where multiple users expect to control the same device, when the number of physical remote controls is limited or the physical remote control cannot be found, this method can use the remote control of the device that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices, respectively The electronic devices sent to different users get rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and provide convenience for multiple users to control the same device; The cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device and learning the controls optimizes the process of different users using electronic devices such as mobile phones to control the device, meets the control needs of multiple users for the device, and improves the user experience.
此外,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,本申请提供的方法能够支持用户在发送端设备上手动选择设备遥控器中待分享的目标控件。例如用户根据使用需求,可以仅将该设备遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备自动添加的该设备遥控器时,也仅添加该设备遥控器的部分控件。换言之,用户可以仅将部分控件对应的控制权限(操作权限)开放给接收端设备。该方法可以限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。In addition, during the process of sharing the target remote control, the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device. For example, the user may share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some of the controls of the remote control of the device are added. In other words, the user may only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiver device. This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
再者,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,用户在发送端设备上选择待分享的目标控件时,还可以设置分享到接收端设备的该设备遥控器(或目标控件)的可用时长。从而进一步限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,提高了设备使用过程的安全性。Furthermore, in the process of sharing the target remote control, when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, the user can also set the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device. Thus, different people's control rights to the device are further restricted, and the safety of the device use process is improved.
特别地,对于图1示出的家庭场景,可能包括电视、空调、机顶盒、相机、网络盒子、DVD、投影仪等多个家庭设备,户主用户可以在手机智能遥控应用中添加多个家庭设备的虚拟遥控器,从而可以仅通过一部手机实现对多个家庭设备的控制。当其他的家庭成员或不同访客等多人对电视、空调等家庭设备有使用需求时,通过本申请提供的方法,户主用户就可以根据不同的人的不同需求,将手机智能遥控应用中添加的电视、空调等家庭设备的虚拟遥控器分享给不同的人,且可以对不同的人分享虚拟遥控器包括的不同数量和功能的控件,即针对不同的人开放对电视、空调等家庭设备不同的操作权限。该方法简化了操作流程,避免出现多人借用户主用户手机来控制多个家庭设备的情况,满足多人对多个家庭设备的控制需求;同时,户主用户可以限制不同的人对多个家庭设备的控制权限,提高了家庭设备使用过程的安全性,提高了用户的使用体验。In particular, for the family scene shown in Figure 1, it may include multiple home devices such as TV, air conditioner, set-top box, camera, network box, DVD, projector, etc. Virtual remote control, so that you can control multiple home devices with only one mobile phone. When other family members or different visitors have needs to use home equipment such as TVs and air conditioners, through the method provided by this application, the head of household user can use the mobile phone smart remote control application according to the different needs of different people. The virtual remote control of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners can be shared with different people, and the controls of different numbers and functions included in the virtual remote control can be shared with different people, that is, different people can open different functions of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners. Operating authority. This method simplifies the operation process, avoids the situation that multiple people use the mobile phone of the main user to control multiple family devices, and meets the needs of multiple people to control multiple family devices; at the same time, the head user can restrict different people from controlling multiple family devices. The control authority of the device improves the security of the use process of the home device and improves the user experience.
针对图1示出的应用场景,结合图2至图7,上述实施例从用户交互层面介绍了设备之间分享遥控器的可能的实现过程和实现方式,下面将从底层实现策略层面,介绍本申请实施例提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法对应的底层实现过程。For the application scenario shown in Figure 1, combined with Figure 2 to Figure 7, the above-mentioned embodiment introduces the possible implementation process and implementation method of sharing the remote control between devices from the user interaction level. The underlying implementation process corresponding to the method for sharing remote controls between devices provided in the embodiment of the application.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的分享遥控器的过程,可以发生在两个不同的电子设备之间,即该分享遥控器的过程可以发生在发送端设备和接收端设备之间。因此,发送端设备和接收端设备具有的硬件结构、软件结构能够支持实现本申请的分享遥控器的过程。It should be understood that the process of sharing the remote control provided by the embodiment of the present application may occur between two different electronic devices, that is, the process of sharing the remote control may occur between the sending end device and the receiving end device. Therefore, the hardware structure and software structure of the sending end device and the receiving end device can support the process of sharing the remote controller of the present application.
下面,在介绍底层实现过程之前,先介绍本申请实施例的发送端设备和接收端设备可能具有的硬件结构、软件结构。In the following, before introducing the underlying implementation process, the possible hardware structures and software structures of the sending end device and the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced.
可选地,发送端设备和接收端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等任意一种电子设备,本申请实施例对发送端设备和接收端设备的具体类型不作任何限制。Optionally, the sending-end device and the receiving-end device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal Computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other electronic devices, the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on the specific types of the sending end device and the receiving end device.
可选地,本申请实施例的发送端设备和接收端设备可以是相同类型的电子设备,也可以是不同类型的电子设备。Optionally, the sending end device and the receiving end device in this embodiment of the present application may be electronic devices of the same type, or may be electronic devices of different types.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一例电子设备的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例的发送端设备可以包括图8示出的电子设备100部分结构或全部结构,或者还可以包括更多的其他未示出的结构;接收端设备也可以包括图8示出的电子设备100部分结构或全部结构,或者还包括更多的其他未示出的结构,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the sending end device in the embodiment of the present application may include part or all of the structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 8 , or may include more other unshown structures; the receiving end device may also include the Some or all structures of the electronic device 100 shown, or more other structures not shown, are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如图8所示,电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,红外模块122,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 8 , the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, an infrared module 122, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, and a charge management module 140 , power management module 141, battery 142, antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, an indicator 192, a camera 193, a display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100既可以作为发送端设备,也可以作为接收端设备。电子设备100的处理器110存储有实现该设备之间分享遥控器的方法所对应的计算机程序或指令。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 may serve as both a sending end device and a receiving end device. The processor 110 of the electronic device 100 stores computer programs or instructions corresponding to the method for sharing remote controls among the devices.
示例性的,对于发送端设备,当用户运行智能遥控应用时,可以通过应用接口调用处理器110存储的该设备之间分享遥控器的方法,以支持用户将智能遥控应用中添加的某个设备的虚拟遥控器分享给其他设备,且能够支持用户手动选择该设备的虚拟遥控器中的部分控件或全部控件,智能遥控应用再根据用户选择的部分控件或全部控件的信息、用户设置的有效时长信息等内容,生成待分享的遥控器文件。该处理器110还可以调用电子设备100的设备搜索和发现能力,搜索可以接收该“遥控器文件”的一个或多个近场设备,再调用蓝牙模块等通信模块,向用户选择的某个近场设备发送该“遥控器文件”。Exemplarily, for the sending end device, when the user runs the smart remote control application, the method of sharing the remote control between the devices stored in the processor 110 can be called through the application interface, so as to support the user to add a certain device in the smart remote control application The virtual remote control of the device can be shared with other devices, and can support the user to manually select some or all controls in the virtual remote control of the device, and the smart remote control application can then use the information of some or all controls selected by the user and the effective duration set by the user Information and other content to generate a remote control file to be shared. The processor 110 can also call the device search and discovery capabilities of the electronic device 100 to search for one or more near-field devices that can receive the "remote control file", and then call a communication module such as a Bluetooth module to send a message to a near-field device selected by the user. The field device sends the "remote control file".
对于接收端设备,当接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的“遥控器文件”且用户确认接收该“遥控器文件”时,处理器110可以检测接收的该“遥控器文件”,例如根据该“遥控器文件”的文件类型或文件对应的应用包名等信息,触发调用并运行智能遥控应用,且通过智能遥控应用获取该“遥控器文件”包括的内容,并根据内容控制显示屏194显示相应的界面。后续实施例将具体介绍在发送端设备和接收端设备之间分享遥控器的过程,此处不再赘述。For the receiving end device, when the receiving end device receives the "remote control file" sent by the sending end device and the user confirms to receive the "remote control file", the processor 110 can detect the received "remote control file", for example, according to the Information such as the file type of the "remote control file" or the application package name corresponding to the file triggers the invocation and operation of the smart remote control application, and obtains the content included in the "remote control file" through the smart remote control application, and controls the display screen 194 to display according to the content corresponding interface. Subsequent embodiments will specifically introduce the process of sharing the remote controller between the sending end device and the receiving end device, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 . For example: the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through the CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G/6G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G/6G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite, etc. applied on the electronic device 100. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在本申请实施例中,发送端设备和接收端设备作为两个不同的电子设备,都包括无线通信模块160。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending end device and the receiving end device are two different electronic devices, both of which include the wireless communication module 160 .
可选地,发送端设备和接收端设备可以是连接在同一个Wi-Fi网络下的设备,两个设备之间可以基于Wi-Fi链路进行通信;或者,两个设备之间可以建立蓝牙连接,两个设备之间可以基于蓝牙通道进行通信;又或者,两个设备之间可以基于碰一碰等NFC技术建 立连接;再或者,两个设备之间可以基于红外技术(infrared,IR)、2G/3G/4G/5G/6G等无线通信的方式建立连接,相应地,两个设备之间就可以以对应的方式进行通信,本申请实施例对发送端设备和接收端设备之间的通信方式不作限定。Optionally, the sending device and the receiving device can be devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network, and the two devices can communicate based on a Wi-Fi link; or, a Bluetooth connection can be established between the two devices Connection, two devices can communicate based on Bluetooth channel; or, two devices can establish a connection based on NFC technology such as touch; or, two devices can be based on infrared technology (infrared, IR) , 2G/3G/4G/5G/6G and other wireless communication methods to establish a connection. Correspondingly, the two devices can communicate in a corresponding manner. The communication method is not limited.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,当用户在发送端设备上点击“分享”控件触发进入分享遥控器的流程时,以上列举的任意一种设备之间可能的连接方式,都可以使得发送端设备进行搜索操作时,可以搜索到一个或多个近场设备,用户可以从一个或多个近场设备选择希望分享遥控器的接收端设备。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, when the user clicks the "Share" control on the sending device to trigger the process of entering the sharing remote control, any of the possible connection methods between the devices listed above can make the sending end When the device performs a search operation, one or more near-field devices can be found, and the user can select the receiver device that wants to share the remote control from one or more near-field devices.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
在本申请实施例中,不论是发送端设备还是接收端设备,都可以包括显示屏194,该显示屏194可以显示不同的界面内容,并可以接收用户的触摸操作。In the embodiment of the present application, both the sending end device and the receiving end device may include a display screen 194, which can display different interface contents and receive user's touch operation.
示例性的,发送端设备的显示屏194显示智能遥控应用的界面时,如果检测到用户长按某个设备遥控器的图标,并点击“分享”控件等操作,可以将该触摸操作传递给处理器110,并根据处理器110的指示进入分享遥控器的流程,同时该发送端设备的显示屏194上可以显示该分享遥控器的过程中的相应界面,例如该设备遥控器的控件选择界面、分享方式选择界面等。Exemplarily, when the display screen 194 of the sending end device displays the interface of the smart remote control application, if it is detected that the user has long pressed the icon of a certain device remote control, and clicked on the "Share" control and other operations, the touch operation can be passed to the processing device 110, and enter the process of sharing the remote control according to the instructions of the processor 110, and at the same time, the display screen 194 of the sending device can display the corresponding interface in the process of sharing the remote control, such as the control selection interface of the remote control of the device, Sharing method selection interface, etc.
相应地,接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的遥控器文件之后,可以在显示屏194上显示图7中的(a)图所示的提示窗口701-1,并检测用户在该提示窗口701-1中执行的操作。当用户选择接收遥控器文件时,接收端设备可以根据该遥控器文件调用并运行智能遥控应用,并在显示屏194上显示可能的界面,例如该设备遥控器的详情界面等,此处不再赘述。Correspondingly, after receiving the remote control file sent by the sending device, the receiving device can display the prompt window 701-1 shown in (a) in FIG. The operation performed in -1. When the user chooses to receive the remote control file, the receiving end device can call and run the smart remote control application according to the remote control file, and display possible interfaces on the display screen 194, such as the detailed interface of the remote control of the device, etc., which will not be repeated here repeat.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
在本申请实施例中,不论是发送端设备,还是接收端设备,都可以包括红外模块122。In the embodiment of the present application, no matter it is the sending end device or the receiving end device, it may include the infrared module 122 .
具体地,红外模块122可以包括红外发射器和红外接收器。其中,红外发射器可以是红外发光二极管122A,红外接收器可以是红外一体化接收头122B。Specifically, the infrared module 122 may include an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver. Wherein, the infrared emitter may be an infrared light emitting diode 122A, and the infrared receiver may be an infrared integrated receiving head 122B.
示例性的,当用户在电子设备100中添加电视的虚拟遥控器时,电视的虚拟遥控器包括的控件需要学习实体红外遥控器的按键功能。对于任意一个控件的学习过程,电子设备100可以通过红外发光二极管122A向实体遥控器发送红外信号,还可以通过红外一体化接收头122B接收实体遥控器返回的红外响应信号,进而获取实体遥控器按键的键值、功能等信息。Exemplarily, when the user adds a virtual remote controller of the TV to the electronic device 100, the controls included in the virtual remote controller of the TV need to learn the button functions of the physical infrared remote controller. For the learning process of any control, the electronic device 100 can send an infrared signal to the physical remote control through the infrared light-emitting diode 122A, and can also receive the infrared response signal returned by the physical remote control through the infrared integrated receiving head 122B, and then obtain the physical remote control button. Key values, functions and other information.
示例性的,电子设备100的智能遥控应用中已经添加了空调的虚拟遥控器,在电子设备100的显示屏194的空调的虚拟遥控器显示界面上,用户点击每一个控件的操作,电子设备100都可以根据该控件对应的控件码值,生成包括的二进制的编码信息。再通过红外发光二极管122A向空调发射包括该二进制的编码信息的红外信号(脉冲信号),空调可以接收红外信号后,解析并获取该红外信号包括的二进制的编码信息对应的操作指令,进而根据该操作指令做出响应。Exemplarily, the virtual remote control of the air conditioner has been added to the smart remote control application of the electronic device 100. On the display interface of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner on the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100, the user clicks on the operation of each control, and the electronic device 100 All can generate included binary coding information according to the control code value corresponding to the control. Then transmit an infrared signal (pulse signal) including the binary coded information to the air conditioner through the infrared light-emitting diode 122A, and the air conditioner can receive the infrared signal, analyze and obtain the operation instruction corresponding to the binary coded information included in the infrared signal, and then according to the Respond to operating instructions.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Electronic device 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 receives a call or a voice message, the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. The earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。The gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) may be determined by the gyro sensor 180B.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature treatment strategy.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
可选地,在本申请实施例中,该触摸传感器180K可以检测用户的触摸、点击等操作,生成操作事件,并将该操作事件传递给处理器110,由处理器110确定该操作事件包括触摸点的坐标、触摸状态等相关参数,根据该操作事件做出响应。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the touch sensor 180K can detect user operations such as touch and click, generate an operation event, and transmit the operation event to the processor 110, and the processor 110 determines that the operation event includes touching Point coordinates, touch status and other related parameters, and respond according to the operation event.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。马达191可以产生振动提示。指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. The keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 . The motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder. The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。The SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000003
系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。
The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of this application uses a layered architecture
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000003
The system is taken as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
图9是本申请实施例的一例电子设备的软件结构框图。FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
可选地,本申请实施例的发送端设备和接收端设备可以都为
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000004
系统,具有图9中的(a)图所示的分层架构,该分层架构可以包括若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工,且层与层之间通过软件接口通信。
Optionally, both the sending end device and the receiving end device in this embodiment of the application may be
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000004
The system has a layered architecture as shown in (a) of Figure 9. The layered architecture may include several layers, each layer has a clear role and division of labor, and the layers communicate through software interfaces.
示例性的,如图9中的(a)图所示,可以将
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000005
系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000006
runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。
Exemplary, as shown in (a) figure in Fig. 9, can be
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000005
The system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom are application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime (
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000006
runtime) and system libraries, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。示例性的,如图9中的(a)图所示,应用程序层可以包括相机、智慧生活、智能遥控、蓝牙、设置等应用程序对应的应用程序包,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The application layer can consist of a series of application packages. Exemplarily, as shown in (a) of FIG. 9 , the application layer may include application packages corresponding to applications such as camera, smart life, smart remote control, Bluetooth, and settings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应用程序框架层可以为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer can provide an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
示例性的,如图9中的(a)图所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,通知管理器,资源管理器等。Exemplarily, as shown in (a) of FIG. 9 , the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a notification manager, a resource manager, and the like.
其中,窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断屏幕是否有状态栏,或者参与执行锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等操作。内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。存放的数据可以包括视频数据、图像数据、音频数据等,还可以包括拨打和接听的通话记录数据,用户的浏览历史和书签等数据,此处不再赘述。视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。Among them, the window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether the screen has a status bar, or participate in operations such as locking the screen and capturing the screen. Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications. The stored data may include video data, image data, audio data, etc., and may also include call record data made and received, user browsing history, bookmarks, and other data, which will not be described here. The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串、图标、图片、布局文件、视频文件等等。通知管理器使应用程序可以在屏幕的状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于向用户传达消息,该通知信息可以在状态栏短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户执行关闭操作等交互过程。比如通知管理器可以告知用户下载完成等消息。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知;或者,通知管理器还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知,例如在状态栏提示文本信息等;又或者,通知管理器还可以控制电子设备发出提示音,电子设备的振动,电子设备的指示灯闪烁等,此处不再赘述。The resource manager provides various resources to the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on. The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar of the screen, which can be used to convey messages to the user. The notification information can disappear automatically after a short stay in the status bar, without requiring the user to perform an interactive process such as closing operations. For example, the notification manager can notify the user of messages such as download completion. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background; or, the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window, For example, prompting text information in the status bar; or, the notification manager can also control the electronic device to emit a prompt sound, vibrate the electronic device, and flash the indicator light of the electronic device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000007
runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000008
runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000007
runtime includes core library and virtual machine.
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000008
The runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象的生命周期管理、堆栈管理、线程管理、安全和异常的管理、以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(media libraries),三维(three dimensional,3D)图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),二维(two dimensional,2D)图形引擎等。A system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (media libraries), three-dimensional (three dimensional, 3D) graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), two-dimensional (two dimensional, 2D) graphics engine, etc.
表面管理器用于对电子设备的显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem of the electronic device, and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
二维图形引擎是二维绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,传感器驱动,蓝牙驱动等。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, sensor driver, bluetooth driver and so on.
一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例的发送端设备和接收端设备可以都具有如图9中的(a)图所示的
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000009
系统分层架构,那么本申请实施例提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法可以对应图9中的(b)图所示的实现过程。具体地,发送端设备和接收端设备之间分享遥控器的过程可以包括以下三个阶段:
In a possible implementation manner, both the sending end device and the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present application may have the
Figure PCTCN2022112164-appb-000009
system layered architecture, then the method for sharing remote controls between devices provided in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the implementation process shown in (b) in FIG. 9 . Specifically, the process of sharing the remote controller between the sending device and the receiving device may include the following three stages:
第一阶段:在发送端设备上添加并使用目标遥控器的过程The first stage: the process of adding and using the target remote control on the sending device
示例性的,发送端设备(手机100)可以按照图2至图4示出的过程,在发送端设备(手机100)的智能遥控应用中添加电视、空调等家庭设备的虚拟遥控器。对于电视的虚拟遥控器,用户可以进一步通过电视的实体遥控器完成虚拟遥控器的控件学习和控件功能的扩展过程。当完成虚拟遥控器的控件学习后,智能遥控应用可以建立并保存每一个设备的虚拟遥控器的控件数据集合,使得每一个设备的虚拟遥控器可以具备对应的实体遥控器的功能,用户可以通过手机智能遥控中的虚拟遥控器对多个家庭设备进行控制。Exemplarily, the sender device (mobile phone 100) can add virtual remote controllers of household devices such as TVs and air conditioners to the smart remote control application of the sender device (mobile phone 100) according to the procedures shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 . For the virtual remote controller of the TV, the user can further complete the process of learning the controls of the virtual remote controller and extending the control functions through the physical remote controller of the TV. After the control learning of the virtual remote control is completed, the smart remote control application can create and save the control data set of the virtual remote control of each device, so that the virtual remote control of each device can have the function of the corresponding physical remote control, and the user can pass The virtual remote control in the smart remote control of the mobile phone controls multiple home devices.
如图9中的(b)图左侧虚线流所示,以电视的虚拟遥控器为例,当用户点击电视的虚拟遥控器的某一个控件,手机的智能遥控应用可以获取该控件的控件码值,通过传感器驱动,驱动红外模块向电视发射包括该控件码值的二进制的编码信息的红外信号(脉冲信号),电视的红外模块可以接收该红外信号后,解析并获取该红外信号包括的二进制的编码信息对应的操作指令,进而根据该操作指令做出响应,实现了通过发送端设备的虚拟遥控器控制电视的过程。As shown by the dotted line on the left side of (b) in Figure 9, taking the virtual remote control of the TV as an example, when the user clicks on a certain control of the virtual remote control of the TV, the smart remote control application of the mobile phone can obtain the control code of the control Value, driven by the sensor, drives the infrared module to transmit an infrared signal (pulse signal) including the binary coded information of the control code value to the TV. After receiving the infrared signal, the infrared module of the TV can analyze and obtain the binary code included in the infrared signal. The coded information corresponds to the operation instruction, and then responds according to the operation instruction, realizing the process of controlling the TV through the virtual remote control of the sending device.
第二阶段:发送端设备向接收端设备分享目标遥控器的过程The second stage: the process of the sending device sharing the target remote control with the receiving device
示例性的,第二阶段可以如图9中的(b)图中间实线流所示,首先,用户可以在发送端设备的智能遥控应用中触发进入分享某设备的虚拟遥控器的流程;其次,智能遥控应用根据用户选择的目标控件的信息、有效时长信息等内容,生成待分享的遥控器文件;最后,通过蓝牙驱动,发送端设备将生成的遥控器文件通过蓝牙模块发送到接收端设备。Exemplarily, the second stage can be shown in the solid line flow in the middle of (b) in Figure 9. First, the user can trigger the process of entering the virtual remote control of a certain device in the smart remote control application of the sending device; secondly , the intelligent remote control application generates the remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control selected by the user, the effective duration information, etc.; finally, through the Bluetooth driver, the sending device sends the generated remote control file to the receiving device through the Bluetooth module .
相应地,对于接收端设备,首先,蓝牙模块接收到“遥控器文件”;其次,根据该“遥控器文件”的文件类型或文件对应的应用包名等信息,触发调用并运行智能遥控应用,将该“遥控器文件”传递给智能遥控应用;最后,智能遥控应用可以获取该“遥控器文件”包括的内容,添加该设备的虚拟遥控器。Correspondingly, for the receiving end device, first, the Bluetooth module receives the "remote control file"; secondly, according to the file type of the "remote control file" or the application package name corresponding to the file, etc., trigger the call and run the smart remote control application, Pass the "remote control file" to the smart remote control application; finally, the smart remote control application can obtain the content contained in the "remote control file" and add the virtual remote control of the device.
第三阶段:在接收端设备使用目标遥控器的过程The third stage: the process of using the target remote control on the receiving device
示例性的,第三阶段可以如图9中的(b)图右侧虚线流所示,当接收端设备的智能遥控应用中也添加了该设备的虚拟遥控器之后,用户可以在接收端设备的智能遥控应用中,通过添加的该设备的虚拟遥控器中的控件,控制该设备。应理解,该第三阶段的实现过程可以参照第一阶段的介绍,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the third stage can be shown in the dotted line flow on the right side of (b) in Figure 9. After the virtual remote control of the device is also added to the smart remote control application of the receiving device, the user can In the smart remote control application of , control the device through the added controls in the virtual remote control of the device. It should be understood that for the implementation process of the third stage, reference may be made to the introduction of the first stage, which will not be repeated here.
针对上述简述的三个阶段的实现过程,下面结合图1所示的应用场景和前述介绍的用户交互层面的实现过程,对本申请实施例提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法对应的三个阶段的底层实现过程进行具体阐述。For the implementation process of the three stages briefly described above, in combination with the application scenario shown in Figure 1 and the implementation process of the user interaction level introduced above, the three methods corresponding to the method for sharing remote controls between devices provided in the embodiment of this application The underlying implementation process of the stage is described in detail.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一例设备之间分享遥控器的方法的示意性流程图,假设本申请实施例的发送端设备和接收端设备具有图8和图9所示的结构,例如将图1所示的 家庭场景中的“户主用户的手机100”作为发送端设备,以“访客手机”作为接收端设备,前述设备之间分享遥控器的过程的三个阶段可以分别对应不同的步骤。Fig. 10 is a schematic flow chart of a method for sharing a remote controller between devices provided in the embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the sending end device and the receiving end device in the embodiment of the present application have the structures shown in Fig. 8 and Fig. 9, for example, the In the family scene shown in Figure 1, the "head user's mobile phone 100" is used as the sending device, and the "visitor's mobile phone" is used as the receiving device. The three stages of the process of sharing the remote control between the aforementioned devices can correspond to different steps. .
如图10所示,该方法1000可以包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 10, the method 1000 may include the following steps:
第一阶段:户主用户在发送端设备上添加并使用目标遥控器的过程The first stage: the process that the head user adds and uses the target remote control on the sending device
1001,户主用户在发送端设备的智能遥控应用,添加目标设备的虚拟遥控器。1001. The householder user adds a virtual remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the sending end device.
可选地,目标设备可以是图1所示的家庭场景中的智慧屏10、空调20、机顶盒30,以及用户的相机、网络盒子、DVD、投影仪等任意一种类型的设备。Optionally, the target device may be the smart screen 10, the air conditioner 20, the set-top box 30 in the home scene shown in FIG. 1, and any type of device such as the user's camera, network box, DVD, and projector.
示例性的,以电视作为该目标设备,户主用户可以按照如图2中的(a)图-(f)图所示的过程,在手机100的智能遥控应用的主界面上添加A电视的虚拟遥控器。Exemplarily, with a TV as the target device, the head user can add a virtual TV A virtual TV on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 according to the process shown in Figure 2 (a) - (f). remote control.
或者,示例性的,以空调作为该目标设备,户主用户可以按照如图4中的(a)图-(h)图所示的过程,在手机100的智能遥控应用的主界面上添加B空调的虚拟遥控器。Or, as an example, with the air conditioner as the target device, the head user can add B air conditioner on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 according to the process shown in Figure 4 (a)-(h) virtual remote control.
应理解,智能遥控应用可以预置不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,并为不同的设备匹配不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器,即“目标设备的虚拟遥控器”或“目标遥控器”。It should be understood that the smart remote control application can preset different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls, and match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls for different devices, that is, "virtual remote control of the target device" or "virtual remote control of the target device" target remote".
一种可能的实现方式,当户主用户添加虚拟遥控器时,可以手动选择设备类型,例如用户选择电视,并选择A品牌等。智能遥控应用可以根据设备类型匹配不同类型和/或不同样式的虚拟遥控器。In a possible implementation manner, when the head user adds a virtual remote control, the device type can be manually selected, for example, the user selects a TV, and selects a brand, etc. The smart remote control application can match different types and/or different styles of virtual remote controls according to the device type.
另一种可能的实现方式,户主用户选择了当前的目标设备为电视,并在执行图2中的(e)图的操作后,可以接收电视向手机返回的响应信号,该响应信号中可以携带电视的设备信息,例如A品牌S型号等。智能遥控应用可以根据电视的设备信息,匹配目标设备的虚拟遥控器类型和/或样式。In another possible implementation, the head user selects the current target device as a TV, and after performing the operation in (e) in Figure 2, can receive a response signal returned by the TV to the mobile phone, and the response signal can carry The device information of the TV, such as A brand, S model, etc. The smart remote control application can match the type and/or style of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the device information of the TV.
又一种可能的实现方式,户主用户还可以根据自己的使用需求,为当前的目标设备自定义虚拟遥控器的类型和/或样式,即自定义添加一个或多个控件。In yet another possible implementation, the head user can also customize the type and/or style of the virtual remote control for the current target device according to his own needs, that is, add one or more controls by customizing.
示例性的,以电视为例,户主用户如果平时仅使用到音量控件、频道控件和电源控件,户主用户可以通过如图2中的(c)图所示界面203上的自定义控件203-1,仅为电视添加包括音量控件、频道控件和电源控件的遥控器,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, taking TV as an example, if the head user only uses the volume control, channel control and power control at ordinary times, the head user can use the custom control 203-1 on the interface 203 as shown in (c) in FIG. , only adding a remote control including volume control, channel control and power control to the TV, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
1002,通过目标设备的实体遥控器进行控件学习。1002. Perform control learning through the physical remote controller of the target device.
具体地,针对户主用户添加的该目标设备的虚拟遥控器所包括的任意一个控件,通过学习该目标设备的实体遥控器上相对应的按键,进而获取该控件对应于实体遥控器上的某个按键的按键信息。Specifically, for any control included in the virtual remote control of the target device added by the head user, by learning the corresponding button on the physical remote control of the target device, and then obtain the control corresponding to a certain control on the physical remote control. Key information for the key.
可选地,目标设备的实体遥控器上的每一个按键的“按键信息”可以包括每一个按键的键值信息、按键功能信息等。Optionally, the "key information" of each key on the physical remote controller of the target device may include key value information, key function information, etc. of each key.
示例性的,户主用户可以参照图3中的(a)图-(c)图所示的操作完成步骤1002的过程。以数字“3”所在控件16的学习过程为例,A电视的虚拟遥控器的数字“3”所在控件16可以通过学习A电视的实体遥控器的数字按键3,获取该实体遥控器的数字按键3的键值信息、按键功能信息等,从而建立虚拟遥控器的数字“3”所在控件16和实体遥控器的数字按键3之间的对应关系。Exemplarily, the household head user may complete the process of step 1002 by referring to the operations shown in (a)-(c) in FIG. 3 . Taking the learning process of the control 16 where the number "3" is located as an example, the control 16 where the number "3" is located on the virtual remote control of TV A can obtain the number key of the physical remote control by learning the number key 3 of the physical remote control of TV A 3 key value information, key function information, etc., so as to establish a corresponding relationship between the control 16 where the number "3" of the virtual remote control is located and the number key 3 of the physical remote control.
应理解,具体地实现过程可以参照前述相关实施例的介绍,为了简便,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that, for a specific implementation process, reference may be made to the introduction of the aforementioned related embodiments, and details are not described here for simplicity.
1003,智能遥控应用根据目标设备的虚拟遥控器中每一个控件对应的实体遥控器的按 键信息,生成并保存目标设备的虚拟遥控器的控件数据集合。1003. The smart remote control application generates and saves the control data set of the virtual remote control of the target device according to the button information of the physical remote control corresponding to each control in the virtual remote control of the target device.
一种可能的实现方式,目标设备的虚拟遥控器的所有控件中每一个控件都可以学习实体遥控器的对应按键,并根据对应按键的键值确定该控件的控件码值。该目标设备的虚拟遥控器的所有控件学习后,智能遥控应用可以获取实体遥控器的所有按键的键值,即实体遥控器的红外编码表,从而建立并保存该目标设备的虚拟遥控器的所有控件对应的控件数据集合。In a possible implementation manner, each control among all the controls of the virtual remote control of the target device can learn the corresponding key of the physical remote control, and determine the control code value of the control according to the key value of the corresponding key. After learning all the controls of the virtual remote control of the target device, the smart remote control application can obtain the key values of all the buttons of the physical remote control, that is, the infrared code table of the physical remote control, so as to establish and save all the keys of the virtual remote control of the target device. Control data collection corresponding to the control.
可选地,该控件数据集合可以包括该虚拟遥控器所有控件中每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等信息,该控件数据集合可以如表2所示。Optionally, the control data set may include information such as virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol and other information corresponding to each control in all controls of the virtual remote control. The control data set may be as shown in Table 2 shown.
1004,户主用户在智能遥控应用的目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面上,点击任意一个控件。1004. The household head user clicks any control on the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the target device of the smart remote control application.
1005,智能遥控应用确定该控件的控件ID,并结合存储的控件数据集合,确定该控件的控件码值,根据该控件的控件码值生成包括操作指令的脉冲信号。1005. The smart remote control application determines the control ID of the control, and combines the stored control data set to determine the control code value of the control, and generates a pulse signal including an operation instruction according to the control code value of the control.
具体地,发送端设备检测到户主用户对该控件的点击操作,根据点击操作事件确定该控件的位置坐标。智能遥控应用可以根据该控件的位置坐标确定控件ID,进而查找存储的如表2所示的控件数据集合,获取该控件ID对应的该控件的控件码值。Specifically, the sending end device detects the click operation of the control by the head user, and determines the position coordinates of the control according to the click operation event. The smart remote control application can determine the control ID according to the position coordinates of the control, and then search the stored control data set shown in Table 2, and obtain the control code value of the control corresponding to the control ID.
应理解,虚拟遥控器可以通过红外信号(脉冲信号)向目标设备发送操作指令,该红外信号(脉冲信号)可以包括一串二进制的编码信息,例如至少包括8位地址码(用户码)和8位命令码(控件码值),该二进制的编码信息即为控制目标设备的操作指令。It should be understood that the virtual remote controller can send an operation command to the target device through an infrared signal (pulse signal), and the infrared signal (pulse signal) can include a string of binary coded information, for example, at least including an 8-bit address code (user code) and 8 Bit command code (control code value), the binary coded information is the operation instruction to control the target device.
因此,智能遥控应用获取了虚拟遥控器中某个控件的“控件码值”,就可以生成包括一串二进制的编码信息的红外信号(脉冲信号)。Therefore, the smart remote control application can generate an infrared signal (pulse signal) including a series of binary coded information after obtaining the "control code value" of a certain control in the virtual remote control.
1006,智能遥控应用调用发送端设备的红外模块,该红外模块的红外发射器通过红外线向目标设备发送脉冲信号。1006. The smart remote control application invokes the infrared module of the sending device, and the infrared emitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal to the target device through infrared rays.
1007,目标设备的红外模块(红外接收器)接收该红外线,获取脉冲信号中的操作指令,并做出响应。1007. The infrared module (infrared receiver) of the target device receives the infrared rays, acquires the operation instruction in the pulse signal, and makes a response.
通过上述过程,户主用户在手机100(发送端设备)的智能遥控应用中添加了目标设备的虚拟遥控器,且经过控件学习之后,当用户点击目标设备的虚拟遥控器的任意一个控件,可以和按压该控件对应的实体遥控器的按键产生相同的脉冲信号,或者说生成相同的操作指令,从而实现相同的功能。换言之,智能遥控应用中目标设备的虚拟遥控器可以具备和实体遥控器相同的功能,用户可以通过智能遥控应用中的虚拟遥控器对目标设备进行控制。Through the above process, the head user adds the virtual remote control of the target device to the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 (transmitter device), and after the control learning, when the user clicks any control of the virtual remote control of the target device, it can be connected with Pressing the button of the physical remote controller corresponding to the control generates the same pulse signal, or in other words generates the same operation command, thereby realizing the same function. In other words, the virtual remote controller of the target device in the smart remote control application can have the same functions as the physical remote controller, and the user can control the target device through the virtual remote controller in the smart remote control application.
第二阶段:发送端设备向接收端设备分享目标遥控器的过程The second stage: the process of the sending device sharing the target remote control with the receiving device
示例性的,第二阶段的过程可以对应:户主用户按照如图5中的(a)图-(e)图所示的过程,在手机100的智能遥控应用的主界面上长按B空调的虚拟遥控器的图标,触发分享B空调的虚拟遥控器的过程。Exemplarily, the process of the second stage may correspond to: the head user follows the process shown in (a)-(e) in Figure 5, long presses the B air conditioner on the main interface of the smart remote control application of the mobile phone 100 The icon of the virtual remote control triggers the process of sharing the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner.
或者,示例性的,第二阶段的过程可以对应:户主用户按照如图6中的(a)图-(e)图所示的过程,在手机100的B空调的虚拟遥控器的详情界面上,长按某控件并选择该界面上的部分控件或全部控件,触发分享B空调的虚拟遥控器的过程,请参考前述描述,此处不再赘述。Or, as an example, the process of the second stage may correspond to: the head user follows the process shown in Figure 6 (a)-(e), on the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the B air conditioner of the mobile phone 100 , press and hold a control and select some controls or all controls on the interface to trigger the process of sharing the virtual remote control of air conditioner B. Please refer to the previous description, and will not repeat it here.
1008,户主用户在发送端设备的智能遥控应用,触发目标遥控器的分享流程。1008, the household head user uses the smart remote control application on the sending end device to trigger the sharing process of the target remote control.
1009,户主用户从目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件中,手动选择一个或多个控件。1009, the household head user manually selects one or more controls from all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device.
1010,智能遥控应用将用户手动选择的一个或多个控件确定为目标控件。1010. The smart remote control application determines one or more controls manually selected by the user as target controls.
应理解,该目标控件(用户手动选择的一个或多个控件)即为“待分享的虚拟遥控器”所包括的全部控件。It should be understood that the target controls (one or more controls manually selected by the user) are all the controls included in the "virtual remote controller to be shared".
具体地,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,本申请提供的方法能够支持用户在发送端设备上手动选择设备遥控器中待分享的目标控件。例如用户可以根据使用需求,仅将该设备遥控器中包括的部分控件分享给接收端设备;相应地,接收端设备自动添加的该设备遥控器时,也仅添加该设备遥控器的部分控件。Specifically, in the process of sharing the target remote control, the method provided by the present application can support the user to manually select the target control to be shared in the remote control of the device on the sending end device. For example, the user can share only some of the controls included in the remote control of the device with the receiving device according to the usage requirements; correspondingly, when the remote control of the device is automatically added by the receiving device, only some controls of the remote control of the device are added.
示例性的,如图5中的(c)图所示,当用户在手机智能遥控应用的“B空调的虚拟遥控器”界面407上的所有控件中每一个控件的选择框都呈现为“未选中状态”,如果户主用户点击选中该增温控件21的选择框,手机可以根据用户的点击操作,获取该增温控件21对应的虚拟遥控器ID为02,控件ID为001;并进一步根据虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,在存储的该B空调的虚拟遥控器的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该增温控件21的控件码值为00110100。Exemplarily, as shown in (c) in FIG. 5, when the user selects all the controls on the interface 407 of the "virtual remote control of B air conditioner" in the smart remote control application of the mobile phone, the selection box of each control is presented as "not Selected state", if the head user clicks to select the selection box of the temperature increase control 21, the mobile phone can obtain the virtual remote control ID corresponding to the temperature increase control 21 as 02 and the control ID as 001 according to the user's click operation; and further according to the virtual The remote control ID and the control ID are used to search and determine the control code value of the temperature increasing control 21 as 00110100 in the stored control data set of the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B.
步骤1009-1010中,介绍了用户可以从目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件中,手动选择一个或多个控件作为目标控件。通过上述实现方式,用户可以仅将部分控件对应的控制权限(操作权限)开放给接收端设备。该方法可以限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,避免太多人拥有对某个设备的操作权造成的安全隐患。In steps 1009-1010, it is introduced that the user can manually select one or more controls from all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device as the target control. Through the above implementation manner, the user can only open the control authority (operating authority) corresponding to some controls to the receiving terminal device. This method can limit the control rights of different people to the device, and avoid potential safety hazards caused by too many people having the right to operate a certain device.
除此之外,在另一种可能的实现方式中,目标控件可以是所述目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件中预设的某些固定控件。In addition, in another possible implementation manner, the target control may be some fixed controls preset among all the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote controller of the target device.
示例性的,如图5中的(b)图所示,当用户点击“分享”选项,手机可以显示如图5中的(c)图所示的界面503。可选地,该界面503上的增温控件21、开关控件22、降温控件23、工作模式控件24、风速控件25、风向控件26、扫风控件27都为被选中状态,即所述目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面包括的所有控件都默认为待分享的目标控件。Exemplarily, as shown in (b) in FIG. 5 , when the user clicks on the "Share" option, the mobile phone may display an interface 503 as shown in (c) in FIG. 5 . Optionally, the temperature increasing control 21, the switch control 22, the cooling control 23, the working mode control 24, the wind speed control 25, the wind direction control 26, and the wind sweeping control 27 on the interface 503 are all selected, that is, the target device All the controls included in the details interface of the virtual remote control are the target controls to be shared by default.
上述实现过程,不需要用户执行额外的操作,且智能遥控应用能够提前根据预设的某些固定控件生成待分享的遥控器文件,操作简单,可以节省分享过程的耗时。The above implementation process does not require the user to perform additional operations, and the smart remote control application can generate remote control files to be shared in advance according to some preset fixed controls, which is easy to operate and can save time in the sharing process.
1011,响应于用户的选择操作,智能遥控应用从存储的目标设备的虚拟遥控器的控件数据集合中,获取该目标控件的信息,并根据该目标控件的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件。1011. In response to the user's selection operation, the smart remote control application acquires the information of the target control from the stored control data set of the virtual remote control of the target device, and generates a target remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control .
应理解,“目标遥控器文件”中包括该目标控件的信息。It should be understood that the "target remote control file" includes the information of the target control.
可选地,目标控件的信息可以包括:作为目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议等中的部分信息或全部信息,如表2或表3列举的部分内容或全部内容,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the information of the target control may include: some or all of the information in the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, control protocol, etc. corresponding to each control as the target control, as shown in Table 2 or Part or all of the content listed in Table 3 will not be repeated here.
示例性的,当目标控件的信息包括作为目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议的全部信息时,接收端设备接收该“目标遥控器文件”,可以根据该目标控件的信息生成并存储该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合。如果访客用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据 用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;并进一步根据虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,在自身存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;再进一步按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号。Exemplarily, when the information of the target control includes all the information of the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value, and control protocol corresponding to each control as the target control, the receiving end device receives the "target remote control File", which can generate and store the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control. If the guest user clicks any of the target controls on the receiving device, the receiving device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's clicking operation; ID and control ID, search and determine the control code value of the control in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself; then further generate pulse signals according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass through the infrared transmitter of the receiving end device Send the pulse signal to the target device.
或者,示例性的,当目标控件的信息仅包括作为目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID时,接收端设备接收该“目标遥控器文件”之后,可以根据该目标控件的信息,确定在接收端设备上添加的该目标设备遥控器中目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID。如果访客用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;进一步地,接收端设备可以根据该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,自动查询并获取该控件对应的控件符号、控件码值、控件协议。例如,接收端设备可以将该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID返回给发送端设备,由发送端设备根据存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;再进一步将该控件的控件码值返回给接收端设备;接收端设备可以再按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Or, for example, when the target control information only includes the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to each control as the target control, after receiving the "target remote control file", the receiving device can information to determine the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to each control of the target control in the remote control of the target device added on the receiving end device. If the guest user clicks any control in the target control on the receiving device, the receiving device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further, the receiving device The control symbol, control code value, and control protocol corresponding to the control can be automatically queried and obtained according to the virtual remote control ID and the control ID of the control. For example, the receiving end device can return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device, and the sending end device can find and determine the control code of the control according to the stored control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device value; further return the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and send the pulse signal to the target device through the infrared transmitter of the receiving device. Examples are not limited to this.
一种可能的实现方式中,“目标遥控器文件”中还可以包括用户设置的有效时长的信息和/或有效范围的信息。其中,有效时长的信息、有效范围的信息都可以通过特殊字段来标识。示例性的,在图5中的(c)图所示的界面503上,用户设置定时控件503-3中显示02时00分00秒,即访客用户在自己手机上使用目标设备的虚拟遥控器的有效时长为2小时。In a possible implementation manner, the "target remote control file" may also include information about the valid duration and/or valid range set by the user. Among them, the information of the effective duration and the information of the effective range can be identified by special fields. Exemplarily, on the interface 503 shown in (c) in FIG. 5 , the user sets the timing control 503-3 to display 02:00:00 seconds, that is, the guest user uses the virtual remote control of the target device on his mobile phone The valid duration is 2 hours.
通过上述实现方式,在分享目标遥控器的过程中,用户在发送端设备上选择待分享的目标控件时,通过设置分享到接收端设备的该设备遥控器(或目标控件)的可用时长,从而进一步限制不同的人对该设备的控制权限,提高了设备使用过程的安全性。Through the above implementation, in the process of sharing the target remote control, when the user selects the target control to be shared on the sending device, by setting the available time of the device remote control (or target control) shared to the receiving device, thereby The control authority of different people to the device is further restricted, and the security of the device use process is improved.
另一种可能的实现方式中,“目标遥控器文件”中还可以包括该目标设备的运行参数信息。In another possible implementation manner, the "target remote controller file" may also include operating parameter information of the target device.
示例性的,如图5中的(c)图所示,以B空调为例,如果B空调当前处于运行状态,那么该“目标设备的运行参数信息”可以包括如图5中的(c)图所示的运行参数显示区域503-1中显示的B空调当前的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等与B空调当前运行相关的参数信息。Exemplarily, as shown in (c) in Figure 5, taking B air conditioner as an example, if the B air conditioner is currently running, then the "operating parameter information of the target device" may include (c) in Figure 5 The operating parameter display area 503-1 shown in the figure shows the current wind speed, wind direction, sweeping wind, cooling mode and target temperature (24° C.) of the B air conditioner and other parameter information related to the current operation of the B air conditioner.
或者,如果B空调当前处于非运行状态(关闭状态),该“目标设备的运行参数信息”可以包括和当前最接近的前一次用户通过接收端设备的B空调的虚拟遥控器为B空调设置的运行参数信息,例如前一次为B空调设置的风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度等参数信息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Or, if the air conditioner B is currently in a non-running state (off state), the "operation parameter information of the target device" may include the previous user setting for the air conditioner B through the virtual remote control of the air conditioner B of the receiving end device, which is closest to the current one. The operating parameter information, such as the wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode, and target temperature previously set for the B air conditioner, is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的实现方式中,“目标遥控器文件”中还可以携带接收端设备的智能遥控应用的应用标识,例如文件后缀为.ykq。以B空调为例,该“目标遥控器文件”可以自动命名为“B空调.ykq”。接收端设备可以根据文件后缀名,触发运行本端的智能遥控应用,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In yet another possible implementation manner, the "target remote control file" may also carry the application identifier of the smart remote control application of the receiving end device, for example, the file suffix is .ykq. Taking B air conditioner as an example, the "target remote control file" can be automatically named "B air conditioner.ykq". The receiving end device can trigger the running of the smart remote control application at the end according to the file extension, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
1012,智能遥控应用调用发送端设备的通信模块,通过通信模块向接收端设备发送所述目标遥控器文件。1012. The smart remote control application invokes the communication module of the sending end device, and sends the target remote control file to the receiving end device through the communication module.
可选地,本申请实施例中,所述目标遥控器文件可以通过华为分享(HuaweiShare)的方式、WLAN直连通道的方式、蓝牙方式、2G/3G/4G/5G等移动数据分享的方式,以及通过微博、微信、短信、信息、电子邮件等社交软件路径等任意一种可能的方式,发送到接收端设备,本申请实施例对发送目标遥控器文件的方式不作限定。Optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the target remote control file can be shared through HuaweiShare, WLAN direct channel, Bluetooth, 2G/3G/4G/5G and other mobile data sharing methods, And send to the receiving end device through any possible way such as Weibo, WeChat, SMS, information, email and other social software paths. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the way of sending the target remote control file.
1013,当访客设备检测到发送端设备发送的所述目标遥控器文件时,可以在访客设备的显示屏上显示提示窗口,供用户选择是否接收所述目标遥控器文件。当检测到访客用户执行允许接收的操作时,响应于所述操作,接收端设备接收发送端设备发送的所述目标遥控器文件。1013. When the visitor device detects the target remote control file sent by the sending device, a prompt window may be displayed on the display screen of the visitor device for the user to choose whether to receive the target remote control file. When it is detected that the guest user performs an operation allowing reception, in response to the operation, the receiving end device receives the target remote control file sent by the sending end device.
1014,智能遥控应用获取所述目标遥控器文件的内容,显示所述目标设备的遥控器以及所述目标控件,且在智能遥控应用中添加所述目标设备遥控器。1014. The smart remote control application acquires the content of the target remote control file, displays the target device remote control and the target control, and adds the target device remote control to the smart remote control application.
具体地,接收端设备接收到所述目标遥控器文件时,可以根据所述目标遥控器文件的文件类型或文件对应的应用包名等信息,触发运行智能遥控应用,且智能遥控应用可以获取所述目标遥控器文件包括的内容。Specifically, when the receiving end device receives the target remote control file, it can trigger the running of the smart remote control application according to information such as the file type of the target remote control file or the application package name corresponding to the file, and the smart remote control application can obtain the Describe the content included in the target remote control file.
可选地,结合前述的相关介绍,该“目标遥控器文件”包括的内容具有多种可能的情况。接收端设备可以根据该“目标遥控器文件”包括的不同内容,确定在接收端设备的显示屏上,该目标设备的虚拟遥控器可能呈现的显示界面。Optionally, in combination with the aforementioned related introductions, the content included in the "target remote control file" has many possible situations. The receiver device can determine the display interface that the virtual remote controller of the target device may present on the display screen of the receiver device according to different contents contained in the "target remote controller file".
一种可能的实现方式中,智能遥控应用可以根据所述目标遥控器文件中包括的该目标控件的信息,在接收端设备的显示屏上显示该目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面时,仅包括该目标控件,即步骤1009中用户手动选择的一个或多个控件。In a possible implementation manner, the smart remote control application may display the detailed interface of the virtual remote control of the target device on the display screen of the receiving end device according to the information of the target control included in the target remote control file, only Including the target control, that is, one or more controls manually selected by the user in step 1009 .
一种可能的实现方式中,对于空调等设备,智能遥控应用可以根据所述目标遥控器文件中包括的目标设备当前的运行参数信息,如图7中的(b)图所示,在接收端设备的显示屏上,还显示风速、风向、扫风、制冷模式和目标温度(24℃)等与B空调当前运行相关的参数。In a possible implementation, for equipment such as air conditioners, the smart remote control application can, according to the current operating parameter information of the target device included in the target remote control file, as shown in (b) in Figure 7, at the receiving end The display screen of the device also displays parameters related to the current operation of the B air conditioner, such as wind speed, wind direction, wind sweep, cooling mode, and target temperature (24°C).
第三阶段:在接收端设备的智能遥控应用使用目标遥控器的过程The third stage: the process of using the target remote control in the smart remote control application of the receiving device
1015,访客用户在智能遥控应用的目标设备的虚拟遥控器的详情界面上,点击第一控件,所述第一控件是前述“目标控件”包括的任意一个控件。1015. The guest user clicks on the first control on the details interface of the virtual remote control of the target device of the smart remote control application, and the first control is any control included in the aforementioned "target control".
1016,智能遥控应用确定该第一控件的控件ID,并结合接收的所述目标遥控器文件中的控件信息,确定该第一控件的控件码值,根据该第一控件的控件码值生成包括第一操作指令的脉冲信号。1016. The smart remote control application determines the control ID of the first control, and combines the received control information in the target remote control file to determine the control code value of the first control, and generates the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control. The pulse signal of the first operation instruction.
应理解,接收端设备检测到访客用户对该第一控件的点击操作,根据点击操作事件确定第一控件的位置坐标。智能遥控应用可以根据第一控件的位置坐标确定第一控件ID,进而可以自动查找所述目标遥控器文件中的控件信息,获取第一控件的控件码值,在根据第一控件的控件码值生成包括对应的二进制的编码信息(即第一操作指令)的脉冲信号。It should be understood that the receiving end device detects the click operation of the first control by the guest user, and determines the position coordinates of the first control according to the click operation event. The smart remote control application can determine the first control ID according to the position coordinates of the first control, and then can automatically search for the control information in the target remote control file, obtain the control code value of the first control, and then obtain the control code value of the first control according to the control code value of the first control. A pulse signal including corresponding binary coded information (that is, the first operation instruction) is generated.
一种可能的实现方式中,当接收端设备接收的“目标遥控器文件”中“目标控件的信息”包括作为目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID、控件ID、控件符号、控件码值、控件协议的全部信息时,接收端设备可以根据该目标控件的信息生成并存储该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合。因此,上述接收端设备“自动查找”、“获取第一控件的控件码值”的过程可以是根据自身存储该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合进行自动查找,获取第一控件的控件码值。In a possible implementation, when the "target control information" in the "target remote control file" received by the receiving device includes the virtual remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, and control code corresponding to each control as the target control When all the information of the control value and the control protocol is provided, the receiving device can generate and store the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device according to the information of the target control. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching" and "obtaining the control code value of the first control" of the receiving end device may be to automatically search according to the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself, and obtain the control code value of the first control .
示例性的,如果访客用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;并进一步根据虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,在自身存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;再进一步按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号。Exemplarily, if the guest user clicks any control in the target control on the receiving end device, the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; and further According to the virtual remote control ID and control ID, search and determine the control code value of the control in the control data set corresponding to the remote control of the target device stored in itself; then further generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass it through the receiving end device The infrared transmitter of the device sends the pulse signal to the target device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,当接收端设备接收的“目标遥控器文件”中“目标控件的信息”包括作为目标控件的每一个控件的部分信息时,例如仅包括每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID时,接收端设备接收该“目标遥控器文件”之后,可以根据该目标控件的信息,确定在接收端设备上添加的该目标设备遥控器中目标控件的每一个控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID。接收端设备确定了用户点击的某控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,可以将该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID返回给发送端设备。因此,上述接收端设备“自动查找”、“获取第一控件的控件码值”的过程可以是:向发送端设备请求获取第一控件的控件码值,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible implementation, when the "target control information" in the "target remote control file" received by the receiving device includes partial information of each control as the target control, for example, only the virtual remote control corresponding to each control is included. Remote control ID and control ID, after receiving the "target remote control file", the receiving device can determine the corresponding The ID of the virtual remote control and the ID of the control. The receiving end device determines the virtual remote control ID and control ID of a control clicked by the user, and may return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device. Therefore, the process of "automatically searching" and "obtaining the control code value of the first control" of the receiving device may be: requesting the sending device to obtain the control code value of the first control, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如果访客用户在接收端设备上点击了目标控件中的任意一个控件,该接收端设备可以根据用户的点击操作,获取用户点击的控件对应的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID;进一步地,接收端设备可以根据该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID,自动将该控件的虚拟遥控器ID和控件ID返回给发送端设备,由发送端设备根据存储的该目标设备遥控器对应的控件数据集合中,查找并确定该控件的控件码值;发送端设备再将该控件的控件码值返回给接收端设备;接收端设备可以再按照红外遥控NEC协议生成脉冲信号,通过接收端设备的红外发射器向目标设备发送该脉冲信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, if the guest user clicks any control in the target control on the receiving end device, the receiving end device can obtain the virtual remote control ID and control ID corresponding to the control clicked by the user according to the user's click operation; further , the receiving end device can automatically return the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control to the sending end device according to the virtual remote control ID and control ID of the control, and the sending end device will store the control corresponding to the remote control of the target device In the data set, search and determine the control code value of the control; the sending device returns the control code value of the control to the receiving device; the receiving device can then generate a pulse signal according to the infrared remote control NEC protocol, and pass the receiving device's The infrared emitter sends the pulse signal to the target device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
1017,接收端设备的智能遥控应用调用接收端设备的红外模块,该红外模块的红外发射器通过红外线向目标设备发送包括第一操作指令的脉冲信号。1017. The smart remote control application of the receiving device invokes the infrared module of the receiving device, and the infrared transmitter of the infrared module sends a pulse signal including the first operation instruction to the target device through infrared rays.
1018,目标设备的红外模块(红外接收器)接收该红外线,获取脉冲信号中的第一操作指令,并做出响应。1018. The infrared module (infrared receiver) of the target device receives the infrared rays, acquires the first operation instruction in the pulse signal, and makes a response.
通过本申请提供的设备之间分享遥控器的方法,发送端设备智能遥控应用中已添加的一个或多个设备遥控器,根据任意一个设备遥控器的信息生成待分享的“目标遥控器文件”,该待分享的“目标遥控器文件”能够通过多种可能的方式分享给接收端设备;相应地,访客用户仅需要执行允许接收发送端设备发送的所述目标遥控器文件的操作,就可以实现在自己手机(接收端设备)的智能遥控应用中,自动添加目标设备的虚拟遥控器,且自动添加的该目标设备的虚拟遥控器,能够支持访客用户通过自己手机的虚拟遥控器对目标设备进行控制。Through the method for sharing remote controls between devices provided in this application, one or more device remote controls that have been added in the smart remote control application of the sending device generate a "target remote control file" to be shared according to the information of any device remote control , the "target remote control file" to be shared can be shared with the receiving device in a variety of possible ways; In the smart remote control application of your own mobile phone (receiving device), the virtual remote control of the target device is automatically added, and the virtual remote control of the target device is automatically added, which can support the guest user to control the target device through the virtual remote control of his mobile phone. Take control.
此外,对于多个用户期望控制同一个设备的场景,当实体遥控器数量限制或无法找到实体遥控器的情况时,该方法可以将某一个用户的手机等电子设备上已添加的该设备遥控器,分别发送给不同用户的电子设备,摆脱了用户控制设备的过程对实体遥控器的依赖,为多个用户控制同一个设备提供了便利。In addition, for scenarios where multiple users expect to control the same device, when the number of physical remote controls is limited or the physical remote control cannot be found, this method can transfer the device remote control that has been added to a certain user's mobile phone and other electronic devices , which are sent to the electronic devices of different users respectively, getting rid of the dependence of the user on the physical remote control in the process of controlling the device, and providing convenience for multiple users to control the same device.
同时,上述方法还可以避免每个用户都需要在自己的手机等电子设备上添加该设备遥控器、以及进行控件学习的繁琐过程,优化了不同用户使用手机等电子设备控制设备的流程,满足多个用户对该设备的控制需求,提高了用户的使用体验。At the same time, the above method can also avoid the cumbersome process of adding the remote control of the device to the electronic device such as a mobile phone and learning the controls for each user, and optimizes the process for different users to use electronic devices such as mobile phones to control devices. The control requirements of each user for the device are improved, and the user experience is improved.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如, A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。It should be noted that, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this article is only a Describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two.
应理解,本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便,不应构成特别的限定,各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。It should be understood that the division of methods, situations, categories and embodiments in the embodiments of the present application is only for the convenience of description and should not constitute a special limitation. The features in various methods, categories, situations and embodiments are not contradictory cases can be combined.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“第一”、“第二”以及“第三”仅为了区分,不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,本申请实施例中的“第一操作”、“第二操作”等,表示用户在电子设备的触摸屏上执行的不同操作。It should also be understood that the terms "first", "second" and "third" in the embodiments of the present application are only for distinction and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application. For example, the "first operation" and "second operation" in the embodiments of the present application represent different operations performed by the user on the touch screen of the electronic device.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“预设”、“固定值”等可以通过在电子设备(例如发送端设备和接收端设备等)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定,例如本申请实施例中“预设的遥控器”、“预设的固定时长”、“预设的有效范围”等。It should also be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, "preset", "fixed value", etc. can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other This application does not limit its specific implementation methods, such as "preset remote control", "preset fixed duration", "preset effective range" and so on in the embodiments of this application .
可以理解的是,电子设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the electronic device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Combining the algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions in combination with the embodiments for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
本实施例可以根据上述方法示例对电子设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是,本实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment, the functional modules of the electronic device may be divided according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,上述实施例中涉及的电子设备的一种可能的组成示意图,该电子设备可以包括:显示单元、检测单元和处理单元。其中,显示单元、检测单元和处理单元相互配合,可以用于支持电子设备执行上述步骤等,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。In the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, a schematic diagram of a possible composition of the electronic device involved in the above embodiment, the electronic device may include: a display unit, a detection unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the display unit, the detection unit and the processing unit cooperate with each other, and can be used to support the electronic device to execute the above steps, etc., and/or be used in other processes of the technologies described herein.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.
本实施例提供的电子设备,用于执行上述视频播放的方法,因此可以达到与上述实现方法相同的效果。The electronic device provided in this embodiment is used to execute the above video playing method, so the same effect as the above implementation method can be achieved.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,电子设备可以包括处理模块、存储模块和通信模块。其中,处理模块可以用于对电子设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,可以用于支持电子设备执行上述显示单元、检测单元和处理单元执行的步骤。存储模块可以用于支持电子设备执行存储程序代码和数据等。通信模块,可以用于支持电子设备与其他设备的通信。In the case of an integrated unit, the electronic device may include a processing module, a memory module and a communication module. Wherein, the processing module can be used to control and manage the actions of the electronic device, for example, it can be used to support the electronic device to execute the steps performed by the above-mentioned display unit, detection unit and processing unit. The memory module can be used to support electronic devices to execute stored program codes and data, and the like. The communication module can be used to support the communication between the electronic device and other devices.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描 述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)和微处理器的组合等等。存储模块可以是存储器。通信模块具体可以为射频电路、蓝牙芯片、Wi-Fi芯片等与其他电子设备交互的设备。Wherein, the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP) and a microprocessor, and the like. The storage module may be a memory. Specifically, the communication module may be a device that interacts with other electronic devices, such as a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, and a Wi-Fi chip.
在一个实施例中,当处理模块为处理器,存储模块为存储器时,本实施例所涉及的电子设备可以为具有图8所示结构的设备。In an embodiment, when the processing module is a processor and the storage module is a memory, the electronic device involved in this embodiment may be a device having the structure shown in FIG. 8 .
本实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的分享遥控器的方法。This embodiment also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the above-mentioned relevant method steps to realize the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments. How to share the remote control.
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中的分享遥控器的方法。This embodiment also provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above related steps, so as to realize the method for sharing the remote control in the above embodiment.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的分享遥控器的方法。In addition, an embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the methods for sharing the remote control in the above method embodiments.
其中,本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the electronic device, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the above-mentioned The beneficial effects of the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above functions can be assigned by different Completion of functional modules means that the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存 储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other various media that can store program codes.
以上内容,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above content is only the specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application, and should covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法,其特征在于,应用于包括显示屏的发送端设备,所述发送端设备上安装有第一应用,所述方法包括:A method for sharing a remote controller between devices, characterized in that it is applied to a sending device including a display screen, and a first application is installed on the sending device, and the method includes:
    显示所述第一应用的主界面,所述第一应用的主界面上包括一个或多个遥控器的图标;displaying the main interface of the first application, where the main interface of the first application includes one or more icons of remote controllers;
    在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户的第一操作,响应于所述第一操作,显示目标遥控器的详情界面,所述目标遥控器是所述一个或多个遥控器中的任意一个,所述目标遥控器能够控制目标设备的工作状态,所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括一个或多个控件;On the main interface of the first application, a user's first operation is detected, and in response to the first operation, a detailed interface of a target remote controller is displayed, and the target remote controller is one of the one or more remote controllers Either one, the target remote control can control the working state of the target device, and the detailed interface of the target remote control includes one or more controls;
    从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件;From the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control, determine the target control to be shared;
    获取待分享的所述目标控件的信息;Acquiring information about the target control to be shared;
    根据所述目标控件的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件;Generate a target remote control file to be shared according to the information of the target control;
    显示所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面,所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上包括一种或多种分享方式;Displaying the sharing interface of the target remote control file, the sharing interface of the target remote control file includes one or more sharing methods;
    在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上,检测用户的第二操作,响应于所述第二操作,从所述一种或多种分享方式中,确定所述目标遥控器文件的目标分享方式,且在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上显示一个或多个电子设备,所述一个或多个电子设备中的每一个电子设备能够接收所述发送端设备基于所述目标分享方式发送的所述目标遥控器文件;On the sharing interface of the target remote control file, detect the second operation of the user, and determine the target sharing mode of the target remote control file from the one or more sharing modes in response to the second operation , and display one or more electronic devices on the sharing interface of the target remote control file, each of the one or more electronic devices can receive the information sent by the sending device based on the target sharing method the target remote file;
    在所述目标遥控器文件的分享界面上,检测用户的第三操作,响应于所述第三操作,从所述一个或多个电子设备中,确定接收端设备;On the sharing interface of the target remote control file, detecting a third operation of the user, and determining the receiving end device from the one or more electronic devices in response to the third operation;
    所述发送端设备通过所述目标分享方式,向所述接收端设备发送所述目标遥控器文件。The sending end device sends the target remote control file to the receiving end device through the target sharing manner.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标控件是所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件。The method according to claim 1, wherein the target control is part or all of the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标控件是所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中预设的固定控件。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the target control is a preset fixed control among the one or more controls included in the detail interface of the target remote control.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标控件是用户手动选择的控件,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the target control is a control manually selected by the user, and the determined target control is determined from the one or more controls included in the detailed interface of the target remote control. Destination controls for sharing, including:
    在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户选中部分或全部控件的操作,响应于所述操作,将用户选中的所有控件确定为待分享的所述目标控件。On the detailed interface of the target remote control, an operation of selecting some or all controls by the user is detected, and in response to the operation, all controls selected by the user are determined as the target controls to be shared.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作包括用户执行的多项连续操作,所述在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户的第一操作,响应于所述第一操作,显示目标遥控器的详情界面,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first operation includes multiple consecutive operations performed by the user, and detecting the user's first operation on the main interface of the first application An operation, in response to the first operation, displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller, including:
    在所述第一应用的主界面上,检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的长按操作,响应于所述长按操作,显示针对所述目标遥控器的一种或多种操作选项,所述一种或多种操作选项中包括分享选项;On the main interface of the first application, detecting a long press operation of the user on the icon of the target remote control, and displaying one or more operation options for the target remote control in response to the long press operation, The one or more operation options include a sharing option;
    当检测到用户对所述分享选项的点击操作时,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面,且在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框。When the user's click operation on the sharing option is detected, display the details interface of the target remote controller, and display for each of the one or more controls on the details interface of the target remote controller The only corresponding select box.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括 的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes:
    在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件;On the detailed interface of the target remote control, detect the operation of the user clicking the selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls, and determine the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user. Describe the target control;
    或者,or,
    当所述目标遥控器的详情界面还包括确认控件时,在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件中的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框且继续点击所述确认控件的操作,响应于用户点击所述确认控件的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件。When the details interface of the target remote control further includes a confirmation control, on the details interface of the target remote control, it is detected that the user clicks on a selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls, and The operation of clicking the confirmation control is continued, and in response to the user's operation of clicking the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
  7. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作是用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的点击操作。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first operation is a user's click operation on the icon of the target remote control.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述从所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括的所述一个或多个控件中,确定待分享的目标控件,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the determining the target control to be shared from the one or more controls included in the details interface of the target remote control includes:
    在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户对所述一个或多个控件中任意一个控件的长按操作,响应于所述长按操作,在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框;On the details interface of the target remote controller, detecting a user’s long press operation on any one of the one or more controls, in response to the long press operation, on the details interface of the target remote controller, for Each of the one or more controls displays a unique corresponding selection box;
    检测用户点击所述一个或多个控件的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框的操作,响应于所述操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件;或者,当所述目标遥控器的详情界面还包括确认控件时,检测用户点击选中所述一个或多个控件的部分或全部控件中每一个控件的选择框且继续点击所述确认控件的操作,响应于用户点击所述确认控件的操作,将用户选中的每一个选择框对应的控件确定所述目标控件。Detecting an operation in which the user clicks a selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls, and in response to the operation, determining the target control for the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user; or, When the details interface of the target remote control also includes a confirmation control, it is detected that the user clicks and selects the selection box of each control in some or all of the one or more controls and continues to click the confirmation control, and responds When the user clicks the operation of the confirmation control, the control corresponding to each selection box selected by the user is determined as the target control.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送端设备存储有所述目标遥控器对应的控件数据集合,所述控件数据集合包括所述目标遥控器的详情界面上所述一个或多个控件中每一个控件的信息,所述获取待分享的所述目标控件的信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the sender device stores a control data set corresponding to the target remote control, and the control data set includes details of the target remote control The information of each control in the one or more controls on the interface, and the acquisition of the information of the target control to be shared includes:
    根据待分享的目标控件,从所述控件数据集合中查找并获取所述目标控件的信息,所述目标控件的信息包括作为所述目标控件的每一个控件的遥控器标识ID、控件标识ID、控件符号、控件码值或控件协议中的一种或多种信息。According to the target control to be shared, search and obtain the information of the target control from the control data set, the information of the target control includes the remote control identification ID, control identification ID, One or more information in control symbol, control code value or control protocol.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,为所述一个或多个控件中的每一个控件显示唯一对应的选择框时,所述目标遥控器的详情界面还可以包括定时控件,所述定时控件中显示有效时长,所述有效时长用于指示待分享的所述目标控件在所述接收端设备上的可用时长,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein when a unique corresponding selection box is displayed for each of the one or more controls on the details interface of the target remote control , the detailed interface of the target remote control may also include a timing control, the timing control displays an effective duration, and the effective duration is used to indicate the available duration of the target control to be shared on the receiving end device, so The method also includes:
    获取所述定时控件中显示的所述有效时长的信息;Acquiring the information of the effective duration displayed in the timing control;
    以及,所述根据所述目标控件的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件,包括:And, according to the information of the target control, generating the target remote control file to be shared includes:
    根据所述目标控件的信息和所述有效时长的信息,生成待分享的目标遥控器文件,其中,所述有效时长是预设时长,或者,用户在所述定时控件中设置的时长。A target remote control file to be shared is generated according to the information of the target control and the information of the effective duration, wherein the effective duration is a preset duration, or a duration set by the user in the timing control.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标分享方式包括华为分享方式、WLAN直连通道的分享方式、蓝牙分享方式、移动数据分享方式或多种社交软件分享方式中的任意一种。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the target sharing method includes Huawei sharing method, WLAN direct channel sharing method, Bluetooth sharing method, mobile data sharing method or various social software any of the sharing methods.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,待分享的所述目标遥控 器文件还可以携带所述第一应用的标识。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the target remote control file to be shared can also carry the identification of the first application.
  13. 一种设备之间分享遥控器的方法,其特征在于,应用于包括显示屏的接收端设备,所述接收端设备上安装有第一应用,所述方法包括:A method for sharing a remote controller between devices, characterized in that it is applied to a receiving device including a display screen, and a first application is installed on the receiving device, and the method includes:
    当检测到发送端设备发送的目标遥控器文件时,在所述显示屏上显示提示窗口,所述提示窗口用于提示用户选择是否接收所述目标遥控器文件;When the target remote control file sent by the sending device is detected, a prompt window is displayed on the display screen, and the prompt window is used to prompt the user to choose whether to receive the target remote control file;
    在所述提示窗口中,当检测到用户允许接收所述目标遥控器文件的操作时,接收所述目标遥控器文件;In the prompt window, when it is detected that the user allows the operation of receiving the target remote control file, the target remote control file is received;
    根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,调用所述第一应用,并由所述第一应用解析所述目标遥控器文件,并获取所述目标遥控器文件中包括的目标控件的信息,其中,所述目标控件能够用于控制目标设备的工作状态,所述目标控件包括一个或多个控件,所述目标控件的信息包括所述一个或多个控件中每一个控件的信息,所述每一个控件的信息对应于所述目标设备的实体遥控器上预设按键的按键信息;According to the received target remote control file, invoke the first application, and the first application parses the target remote control file, and obtains the target control information included in the target remote control file, wherein, The target control can be used to control the working state of the target device, the target control includes one or more controls, the information of the target control includes the information of each control in the one or more controls, each of the The information of the control corresponds to the key information of the preset key on the physical remote control of the target device;
    根据所述目标控件的信息,运行所述第一应用并显示目标遥控器的详情界面,所述目标遥控器的详情界面包括所述目标控件的所述一个或多个控件。According to the information of the target control, run the first application and display a detailed interface of the target remote control, where the detailed interface of the target remote control includes the one or more controls of the target control.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, further comprising:
    在所述目标遥控器的详情界面上,检测用户对第一控件的点击操作,所述第一控件是所述目标控件包括的所述一个或多个控件中的任意一个控件;On the details interface of the target remote control, detecting a user's click operation on a first control, where the first control is any one of the one or more controls included in the target control;
    响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件的控件码值;Acquiring a control code value of the first control in response to the click operation;
    根据所述第一控件的控件码值,生成包括第一操作指令的脉冲信号;generating a pulse signal including a first operation instruction according to the control code value of the first control;
    向所述目标设备发送所述脉冲信号,以控制所述目标设备的工作状态。Sending the pulse signal to the target device to control the working state of the target device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件的控件码值,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the obtaining the control code value of the first control in response to the click operation comprises:
    响应于所述点击操作,获取所述第一控件标识ID;Responding to the click operation, acquiring the first control ID;
    根据所述第一控件标识ID和所述目标遥控器文件中包括的所述目标控件的信息,获取所述第一控件的控件码值。Obtain the control code value of the first control according to the first control identification ID and the information of the target control included in the target remote control file.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, further comprising:
    根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的图标和所述目标遥控器的名称;Adding an icon of the target remote controller and a name of the target remote controller on the main interface of the first application according to the received file of the target remote controller;
    检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标或所述目标遥控器的名称的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面;或者,Detecting a user's click operation on the icon of the target remote controller or the name of the target remote controller, and displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller in response to the click operation; or,
    根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的图标;Adding an icon of the target remote controller on the main interface of the first application according to the received file of the target remote controller;
    检测用户对所述目标遥控器的图标的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面;或者,Detecting a user's click operation on the icon of the target remote controller, and displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller in response to the click operation; or,
    根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,在所述第一应用的主界面上,添加所述目标遥控器的名称;Adding the name of the target remote controller on the main interface of the first application according to the received file of the target remote controller;
    检测用户对所述目标遥控器的名称的点击操作,响应于所述点击操作,显示所述目标遥控器的详情界面。Detecting a user's click operation on the name of the target remote controller, and displaying a detailed interface of the target remote controller in response to the click operation.
  17. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个或多个控件 中每一个控件的信息包括遥控器标识ID、控件标识ID、控件符号、控件码值或控件协议中的一种或多种信息。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the information of each control in the one or more controls includes remote control ID, control ID, control symbol, control code value or control One or more information in the agreement.
  18. 根据权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标遥控器文件还包括有效时长的信息,所述有效时长用于指示所述目标控件在所述接收端设备上的可用时长,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, wherein the target remote control file further includes information on a valid duration, and the valid duration is used to indicate that the target control is on the receiving end device The available duration of the method also includes:
    获取所述有效时长的信息;Obtain information on the validity period;
    以所述接收端设备接收所述目标遥控器文件的时刻为起始时刻,根据所述有效时长确定终止时刻;Taking the time when the receiving end device receives the target remote control file as the starting time, determine the ending time according to the effective duration;
    在所述起始时刻至所述终止时刻确定的时段内的任意时刻,用户能够通过所述目标控件控制所述目标设备的工作状态;At any time within the period determined from the start time to the end time, the user can control the working state of the target device through the target control;
    在所述终止时刻之后的任意时刻,所述目标控件为失效状态,或者在所述终止时刻,自动删除所述第一应用的主界面上添加的所述目标遥控器的图标和/或所述目标遥控器的名称。At any time after the termination time, the target control is in an invalid state, or at the termination time, the icon of the target remote controller added on the main interface of the first application and/or the The name of the target remote.
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标遥控器文件还可以携带所述第一应用的标识,所述根据接收的所述目标遥控器文件,调用所述第一应用,包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the target remote control file can also carry the identifier of the first application, and according to the received target remote control file, calling the The first application mentioned above, including:
    根据所述目标遥控器文件携带的所述第一应用的标识,确定调用所述第一应用,将所述目标遥控器文件发送给所述第一应用。According to the identifier of the first application carried in the target remote control file, it is determined to call the first application, and the target remote control file is sent to the first application.
  20. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized in that it comprises:
    显示屏;display screen;
    红外模块,所述红外模块包括红外发射器和红外接收器;An infrared module, the infrared module includes an infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver;
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    一个或多个存储器;one or more memories;
    安装有多个应用程序的模块;Install modules with multiple applications;
    所述存储器存储有一个或多个程序,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述发送端设备执行的方法,或者使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求13至19中任一项所述接收端设备执行的方法。The memory stores one or more programs, and when the one or more programs are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the process performed by the sending end device according to any one of claims 1 to 12. method, or causing the electronic device to perform the method performed by the receiving end device according to any one of claims 13 to 19.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes any of claims 1-19. one of the methods described.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
PCT/CN2022/112164 2021-08-18 2022-08-12 Method for sharing remote controller between devices, and sending end device and receiving end device WO2023020393A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110957702.9 2021-08-18
CN202110957702.9A CN115708344A (en) 2021-08-18 2021-08-18 Method for sharing remote controller among devices, sending terminal device and receiving terminal device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023020393A1 true WO2023020393A1 (en) 2023-02-23

Family

ID=85212743

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/112164 WO2023020393A1 (en) 2021-08-18 2022-08-12 Method for sharing remote controller between devices, and sending end device and receiving end device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115708344A (en)
WO (1) WO2023020393A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103985245A (en) * 2014-05-05 2014-08-13 邯郸美的制冷设备有限公司 Method for learning infrared codes of remote controller based on intelligent terminal, and intelligent terminal
CN104244054A (en) * 2014-08-22 2014-12-24 深圳创维数字技术股份有限公司 Remote control method for multiple terminal devices, related devices and system
CN106027336A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-10-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Equipment sharing method and device
CN109151012A (en) * 2018-08-11 2019-01-04 宁波亿拍客网络科技有限公司 A kind of push mode runs program technic and its application method, correlation technique
WO2020155014A1 (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 华为技术有限公司 Smart home device sharing system and method, and electronic device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104460365B (en) * 2014-10-29 2018-10-19 小米科技有限责任公司 Apparatus control method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103985245A (en) * 2014-05-05 2014-08-13 邯郸美的制冷设备有限公司 Method for learning infrared codes of remote controller based on intelligent terminal, and intelligent terminal
CN104244054A (en) * 2014-08-22 2014-12-24 深圳创维数字技术股份有限公司 Remote control method for multiple terminal devices, related devices and system
CN106027336A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-10-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Equipment sharing method and device
CN109151012A (en) * 2018-08-11 2019-01-04 宁波亿拍客网络科技有限公司 A kind of push mode runs program technic and its application method, correlation technique
WO2020155014A1 (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 华为技术有限公司 Smart home device sharing system and method, and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115708344A (en) 2023-02-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7463647B2 (en) Notification processing system, method and electronic device
WO2021000808A1 (en) Device control method and device
US20220163932A1 (en) Device control page display method, related apparatus, and system
JP7324311B2 (en) Audio and video playback method, terminal, and audio and video playback device
CN111650840B (en) Intelligent household scene arranging method and terminal
WO2020155014A1 (en) Smart home device sharing system and method, and electronic device
WO2021164445A1 (en) Notification processing method, electronic apparatus, and system
WO2020173375A1 (en) Multi-intelligent device linkage control method, device and system
WO2020132818A1 (en) Wireless short-distance audio sharing method and electronic device
WO2021052204A1 (en) Address book-based device discovery method, audio and video communication method, and electronic device
JP7234379B2 (en) Methods and associated devices for accessing networks by smart home devices
EP4283931A1 (en) Nfc method and system, and electronic device
EP4138462A1 (en) Information sharing method, electronic devices and system
CN114584412A (en) Method for obtaining equipment control right and communication system
WO2023020393A1 (en) Method for sharing remote controller between devices, and sending end device and receiving end device
CN114466339A (en) Bluetooth pairing method and electronic equipment
CN115696280A (en) Network distribution method and device
WO2023025059A1 (en) Communication system and communication method
WO2023169545A1 (en) Offline device control method and related apparatus
WO2022267917A1 (en) Bluetooth communication method and system
WO2023051229A1 (en) Method and apparatus for identifying device, and electronic device and medium
WO2023142941A1 (en) Playing record display method and related device
WO2024002137A1 (en) Communication method, communication system, and electronic device
WO2022143273A1 (en) Information processing method and electronic device
WO2024046171A1 (en) Information processing method, host device, and mobile device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22857705

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE